[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TW202437787A - Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage - Google Patents

Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202437787A
TW202437787A TW113106160A TW113106160A TW202437787A TW 202437787 A TW202437787 A TW 202437787A TW 113106160 A TW113106160 A TW 113106160A TW 113106160 A TW113106160 A TW 113106160A TW 202437787 A TW202437787 A TW 202437787A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
wireless communication
communication device
link
communication link
response
Prior art date
Application number
TW113106160A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
亞曼德拉蓋博 艾爾雪里夫
喬爾 連斯基
史利尼威斯 卡塔
文森諾爾斯 瓊斯
Original Assignee
美商高通公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商高通公司 filed Critical 美商高通公司
Publication of TW202437787A publication Critical patent/TW202437787A/en

Links

Abstract

Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. Techniques described herein provide for extending the range of a personal audio device connected to a personal wireless communication device via enabling the personal audio device to connect to and communicate with the personal wireless communication device via an access point (AP). An AP may have a larger range than a personal wireless communication device, and accordingly, an AP may be used to stream audio or voice calls to the personal audio device when the direct link quality between the personal audio device and the personal wireless communication device is below a threshold. To reduce latency and packet loss associated with transitions between communicating with the personal wireless communication device directly and via the AP or transitions between multiple APs, the personal audio device may be configured to establish a new wireless communication connection before breaking a current wireless communication connection.

Description

用於擴展式個人區域網路(XPAN)覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換Flawless transition for extended personal area network (XPAN) coverage

本專利申請案主張2023年2月21日提出申請的ELSHERIF等人的名稱為「SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS FOR EXTENDED PESONAL AUDIO NETWORK(XPAN)COVERAGE」的美國臨時專利申請案第63/486,211號和2024年2月19日提出申請的ELSHERIF等人的名稱為「SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS FOR EXTENDED PESONAL AUDIO NETWORK(XPAN)COVERAGE」的美國臨時專利申請案第18/581,259號的權益,每個申請案皆轉讓給本案的受讓人,並且每個申請案皆經由引用明確地併入本文。This patent application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/486,211, filed on February 21, 2023, to ELSHERIF et al., entitled “SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS FOR EXTENDED PESONAL AUDIO NETWORK (XPAN) COVERAGE,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 18/581,259, filed on February 19, 2024, to ELSHERIF et al., entitled “SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS FOR EXTENDED PESONAL AUDIO NETWORK (XPAN) COVERAGE,” each of which is assigned to the assignee herein and each of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference.

本案內容整體上係關於無線通訊,並且更具體而言,係關於用於擴展式個人區域網路(XPAN)覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換。This case relates generally to wireless communications and more specifically to seamless switching for Extended Personal Area Network (XPAN) coverage.

無線區域網路(WLAN)可以由一或多個無線存取點(AP)形成,這些AP提供共享的無線通訊媒體供多個客戶端設備(亦被稱為無線站(STA))使用。符合電氣和電子工程師協會(IEEE)802.11標準族的WLAN的基本構件是基本服務集(BSS),BSS由AP管理。每個BSS由AP所通告的基本服務集辨識符(BSSID)來標識。AP週期性地廣播信標訊框,以使得在AP的無線範圍內的任何STA能夠建立或維持與WLAN的通訊鏈路。A wireless local area network (WLAN) can be formed by one or more wireless access points (APs) that provide a shared wireless communication medium for multiple client devices, also known as wireless stations (STAs). The basic building block of a WLAN that complies with the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 family of standards is the basic service set (BSS), which is managed by the AP. Each BSS is identified by a basic service set identifier (BSSID) advertised by the AP. The AP periodically broadcasts beacon frames to enable any STA within the wireless range of the AP to establish or maintain a communication link with the WLAN.

本案內容的系統、方法和設備各自具有多個創新態樣,其中沒有任何單個態樣單獨地負責本文所揭示的期望屬性。The systems, methods, and apparatus of the present disclosure each have multiple innovative aspects, no single one of which is solely responsible for the desirable attributes disclosed herein.

所描述的技術涉及支援用於擴展式個人區域網路(XPAN)覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的改進的方法、系統、設備或裝置。整體而言,所描述的技術提供了:經由使個人音訊設備能夠經由存取點(AP)連接到個人無線通訊設備(諸如手持機設備)並與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊,來擴展連接到個人無線通訊設備的個人音訊設備的範圍。AP可以具有比個人無線通訊設備更大的範圍,並且因此,當在個人音訊設備與個人無線通訊設備之間的直接鏈路品質低於閾值時,可以使用AP來將音訊或語音撥叫資料串流到個人音訊設備。與在無線設備與個人音訊設備之間的直接對等(P2P)通訊相比,在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間的經由AP的通訊增加了時延,並且因此,個人音訊設備在可能時可以被偏置以經由直接XPAN鏈路(諸如P2P無線通訊鏈路)與無線設備進行通訊。為了減少與在直接與個人無線通訊設備通訊和經由AP與個人無線通訊設備通訊之間的轉換相關聯的時延,在斷開與無線設備的P2P鏈路之前,個人音訊設備可以與AP相關聯並且從AP接收網際協定(IP)位址,個人音訊設備隨後與個人無線通訊設備共享該IP位址。一旦個人音訊設備與AP連接,個人音訊設備就可以向個人無線通訊設備發送解除關聯訊息,並且可以經由與AP的連接與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊。當經由AP與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊時,若個人音訊設備決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足效用函數,則個人音訊設備可以轉換回與無線設備的直接P2P無線通訊鏈路。補充地或替換地,當經由第一AP與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊時,個人音訊設備可以轉換到與第二AP的連接,例如,基於與第二AP的鏈路的鏈路品質強於與第一AP的鏈路的鏈路品質。The described technology relates to improved methods, systems, devices, or apparatuses that support flawless switching for extended personal area network (XPAN) coverage. In general, the described technology provides for extending the range of a personal audio device connected to a personal wireless communication device (such as a handset device) by enabling the personal audio device to connect to and communicate with the personal wireless communication device via an access point (AP). The AP may have a greater range than the personal wireless communication device, and therefore, the AP may be used to stream audio or voice dial data to the personal audio device when the direct link quality between the personal audio device and the personal wireless communication device is below a threshold. Communication between a personal wireless communication device and a personal audio device via an AP increases latency compared to direct peer-to-peer (P2P) communication between the wireless device and the personal audio device, and therefore, the personal audio device may be biased to communicate with the wireless device via a direct XPAN link (such as a P2P wireless communication link) when possible. In order to reduce latency associated with switching between communicating directly with the personal wireless communication device and communicating with the personal wireless communication device via an AP, before disconnecting the P2P link with the wireless device, the personal audio device may associate with the AP and receive an Internet Protocol (IP) address from the AP, which the personal audio device then shares with the personal wireless communication device. Once the personal audio device is connected to the AP, the personal audio device can send a disassociation message to the personal wireless communication device, and can communicate with the personal wireless communication device via the connection with the AP. When communicating with the personal wireless communication device via the AP, if the personal audio device determines that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfies the utility function, the personal audio device can switch back to a direct P2P wireless communication link with the wireless device. Additionally or alternatively, when communicating with the personal wireless communication device via a first AP, the personal audio device can switch to a connection with a second AP, for example, based on the link quality of the link with the second AP being stronger than the link quality of the link with the first AP.

一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

在一些實施例中,第一無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the first wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to enable the first wireless communication device to: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receive from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device a message for a communication on the first wireless communication device; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to the second wireless communication device and communicating the roaming instruction with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP; in response to the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link decreasing below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,可以包括:用於當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的單元;用於回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊的單元;及用於回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: a unit for receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP when communicating with the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; a unit for communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold; and a unit for communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP in response to the roaming indication.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以用於以下操作的指令:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor for: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receiving from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device a request for communication between the first wireless communication device and the AP; P for the IP address of the first wireless communication device of the second wireless communication link between the P2P wireless communication link; in response to the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收IP位址。Some examples of the methods, apparatuses, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, performing an association procedure with an AP to receive an IP address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: receiving, along with the message, an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求;回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果;及回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the quality of the first link dropping below a second threshold, sending a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; in response to the request, receiving a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the channel scan result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold, executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP;及回應於該通道掃瞄結果集合,從該AP集合中選擇該AP。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the request, receiving a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an AP set from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, the AP set including the AP; and in response to the channel scan result set, selecting the AP from the AP set.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從AP接收信標;使用該信標來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質;及回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, receiving a beacon from an AP on a second wireless communication link; using the beacon to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and in response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, performing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,向AP發送探測請求;回應於該探測請求,從AP接收探測回應;使用該探測回應來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質;及回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, sending a probe request to an AP; in response to the probe request, receiving a probe response from the AP; using the probe response to determine a second link quality of a second wireless communication link; and in response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對第一無線通訊設備的該IP位址或媒體存取控制位址的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: sending an indication of the IP address or media access control address of the first wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送對AP的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the quality of the first link dropping below a second threshold, sending an indication to an AP to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質可以優於第一鏈路品質;及回應於決定第二鏈路品質可以優於第一鏈路品質而執行與AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: determining, based on a utility function, that a second link quality of a second wireless communication link may be better than the first link quality; and executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address in response to determining that the second link quality may be better than the first link quality.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the utility function includes at least one of: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該關聯程序,將P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the associated process, switching the channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link.

一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; in response to the first wireless communication device receiving the IP address of the first wireless communication device from the first wireless communication device; When the link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between a wireless communication device and a second wireless communication device drops below a first threshold, a roaming instruction is communicated with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, data is communicated with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,第二無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the second wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, receive from the first wireless communication device a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; an IP address for a first wireless communication device in a communication link; in response to a link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a second wireless communication device dropping below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,可以包括:用於當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的單元;用於回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊的單元;及用於回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: a unit for receiving, from the first wireless communication device, an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link; and a unit for returning the IP address of the first wireless communication device to the first wireless communication device. A unit for communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link when the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device drops below a first threshold; and a unit for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device in response to the roaming instruction.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to: when communicating with a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, receive from the first wireless communication device a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; The invention relates to a method for communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link in response to a link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息,對該IP位址的接收是回應於該訊息的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: sending a message to a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold, and receiving the IP address is in response to the message.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device along with the message.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收針對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求;及回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果,對該IP位址的接收是回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the quality of the first link dropping below a second threshold, receiving a request for a channel scan result associated with a second wireless communication link from a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the request, sending a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, wherein the receipt of the IP address is in response to the channel scan result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the request, sending a channel scanning result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an AP set to a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, the AP set including the AP.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於對該IP位址的接收,將P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to receiving the IP address, switching the channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link dropping below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

在一些實施例中,第一無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the first wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receive from the second wireless communication device a message for a message between the first wireless communication device and a message corresponding to a message between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a second wireless communication link between two associated APs for use with the first wireless communication device; in response to the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link dropping below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,可以包括:用於當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示的單元;用於回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊的單元;及用於回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: a unit for receiving, when communicating with the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, an indication of an IP address of the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device; a unit for communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold; and a unit for communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP in response to the roaming indication.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以用於以下操作的指令:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receive from the second wireless communication device a request for a wireless communication signal associated with the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a second wireless communication link between two P2P wireless communication devices and an AP for transmitting an IP address of the first wireless communication device; in response to the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link dropping below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: receiving, along with the message, an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質可以優於第一鏈路品質,該漫遊指示的發送是回應於決定第二鏈路品質可以優於第一鏈路品質的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: determining, based on a utility function, that a second link quality of a second wireless communication link may be better than a first link quality, and sending the roaming indication in response to determining that the second link quality may be better than the first link quality.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the utility function includes at least one of the following: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線設備發送IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a second device may include: when communicating with a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, performing an association procedure with the AP using a media access control address for the first wireless communication device to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a first wireless device through a P2P wireless communication link. The method comprises: sending an IP address to a first wireless device through a P2P wireless communication link; in response to a link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device dropping below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device through the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP using an IP address used for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,第二無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線設備發送IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the second wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, use the media access control address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP, wherein the first wireless communication device receives an IP address for the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; sends the IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; in response to a link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicates a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicates data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and an AP using the IP address for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置可以包括:用於當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的單元;用於在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線設備發送IP位址的單元;用於回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊的單元;及用於回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: a unit for performing an association procedure with the AP using a media access control address for the first wireless communication device when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; a unit for performing an association procedure with the AP using a media access control address for the first wireless communication device when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link; A unit for sending an IP address to a first wireless device on a wireless communication link; a unit for communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold; and a unit for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and an AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device in response to the roaming instruction.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線設備發送IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to perform the following operations: when communicating with a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, use a media access control address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP, wherein the first wireless communication device receives an IP address for the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP, and wherein the IP address is sent to the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP, wherein the IP address is sent to the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and an AP, and ...

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: sending a message to a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device along with the message.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的;回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device, receiving a beacon or a probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; ; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, wherein the first link quality is detected using a beacon or a probe response; in response to the association procedure, sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link; and communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,第一無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的;回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the first wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to: communicate with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device, in a P2P wireless communication; The invention relates to a method for transmitting data from a wireless communication device to an AP through a P2P wireless communication link. The method comprises: receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with the second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, wherein the first link quality is detected using the beacon or the probe response; sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link in response to the association procedure; and communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,可以包括:用於在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應的單元;用於回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序的單元,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的;用於回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息的單元;及用於在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: a unit for receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device; a unit for responding to the beacon or a probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link; A unit for executing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link when a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfies a first threshold, wherein the first link quality is detected using a beacon or a probe response; a unit for sending a disassociation message to an AP for the second wireless communication link in response to the association procedure; and a unit for communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的;回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to: communicate with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device, on a P2P wireless communication link; Receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second wireless communication device; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, executing an association procedure with the second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, wherein the first link quality is detected using the beacon or the probe response; sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link in response to the association procedure; and communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,監測P2P無線通訊鏈路上的信標。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, monitoring a beacon on the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下操作的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於探測請求的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, sending a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:在經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時週期性地監測來自第二無線通訊設備的信標,對信標的接收是回應於週期性監測的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: periodically monitoring a beacon from a second wireless communication device while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and via an AP and a third wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon in response to the periodic monitoring.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP向第二無線通訊設備發送關於第二鏈路品質可以已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示;及回應於該指示,經由AP和第二無線通訊鏈路從第二無線通訊設備接收針對該信標的排程資訊,對信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, sending an indication to the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality may have dropped below the second threshold; and in response to the indication, receiving scheduling information for the beacon from the second wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備可以在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求;及在藍芽無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device can be within the range of the Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a request to the second wireless communication device to connect to the second wireless communication device on the Bluetooth wireless communication link; and receiving scheduling information for a beacon from the second wireless communication device on the Bluetooth wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備可以在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device may be within the range of a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a probe request to the second wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:根據效用函數,決定第一鏈路品質可以優於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質。In some embodiments of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold may include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: determining, based on a utility function, that the first link quality may be better than a second link quality of a second wireless communication link.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及偏好P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the utility function includes at least one of the following: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor that prefers the P2P wireless communication link.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,發送解除關聯訊息可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下而發送解除關聯訊息。In some examples of methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, sending a disassociation message may include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: sending a disassociation message in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二無線通訊設備的第二關聯程序的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the quality of the first link satisfying a first threshold, sending an instruction to the third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second associated program with the second wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: sending a beacon or a detection response on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with a first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold; and communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,第二無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the second wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to enable the second wireless communication device to: send a beacon or a detection response on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; execute an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold; and communicate data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,可以包括:用於在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應的單元;用於回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序的單元;及用於在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: a unit for sending beacons or detection responses on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with a first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; a unit for executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to a link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold; and a unit for communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應;回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序;及在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to perform the following operations: sending a beacon or a detection response on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with a first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold; and communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP從第一無線通訊設備接收關於第二鏈路品質可以已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示;及回應於該指示,經由AP和第二無線通訊鏈路向第一無線通訊設備發送針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的發送是根據該排程資訊的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, receiving an indication from the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality may have dropped below the second threshold; and in response to the indication, sending scheduling information for the beacon to the first wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, wherein the sending of the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP接收探測請求,對探測回應的發送是回應於該探測請求的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, receiving a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP, and sending a probe response in response to the probe request.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備可以在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在藍芽無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求;及在藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的發送是是根據該排程資訊的。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device can be within the range of the Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a request from the first wireless communication device to connect to the second wireless communication device on the Bluetooth wireless communication link; and sending scheduling information for a beacon to the first wireless communication device on the Bluetooth wireless communication link, wherein the sending of the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備可以在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收探測請求,對探測回應的發送是回應於該探測請求的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device may be within the range of a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a probe request from the first wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and sending a probe response in response to the probe request.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應;回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示;回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息;及回應於對解除關聯IP訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: in communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP and a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link; in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing a communication with the second AP; The AP performs an association procedure to receive an IP address for a first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link; in response to the association procedure, sends an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP; in response to the sending of the IP address, sends a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link; and in response to the sending of the disassociation IP message, communicates data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP.

在一些實施例中,第一無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備使得該裝置:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應;回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示;回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息;及回應於對解除關聯IP訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the first wireless communication device may include a processing system, the processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to: when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP and a second wireless communication device, in response to the first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receive a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link; in response to the second wireless communication link The second link quality of the communication link is higher than the first link quality, an association procedure with a second AP is performed to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link; in response to the association procedure, an indication of the IP address is sent to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP; in response to the sending of the IP address, a disassociation message is sent to the first AP for the first wireless communication link; and in response to the sending of the disassociation IP message, data is communicated with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置可以包括:用於在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應的單元;用於回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的單元;用於回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示的單元;用於回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息的單元;及用於回應於對解除關聯IP訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device may include: a unit for receiving a beacon or a detection response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP and a second wireless communication device; a unit for executing an association procedure with the second AP in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality; A unit for receiving an IP address for a first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link; a unit for sending an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to an association procedure; a unit for sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to sending the IP address; and a unit for communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to sending the disassociation IP message.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應;回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示;回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息;及回應於對解除關聯IP訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to perform the following operations: when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP and a second wireless communication device, in response to the first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link; in response to a first link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link; The second link quality is higher than the first link quality, executing an association procedure with a second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link; sending an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to the association procedure; sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to the sending of the IP address; and communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to the sending of the disassociation IP message.

在本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,接收信標可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:接收來自AP集合的信標集合,該AP集合包括第二AP,並且該信標集合包括該信標。In some examples of methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, receiving a beacon may include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: receiving a set of beacons from a set of APs, the set of APs including a second AP, and the set of beacons including the beacon.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:基於使用信標集合決定的與AP集合的相應無線通訊鏈路的相應鏈路品質,從AP集合中選擇該第二AP。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: selecting the second AP from the set of APs based on the corresponding link qualities of the corresponding wireless communication links with the set of APs determined using the set of beacons.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,向第二AP發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, sending a probe request to a second AP, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第三無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收第二信標,接收信標是回應於使用第二信標決定的在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的無線通訊鏈路的第三鏈路品質低於第三閾值的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following operations: in response to the quality of the first link dropping below a threshold, receiving a second beacon from the second wireless communication device on a third wireless communication link, wherein receiving the beacon is in response to the third link quality of the wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device being determined using the second beacon to be below a third threshold.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於根據效用函數決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質可以高於第一鏈路品質和第三鏈路品質,執行關聯程序。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to determining, based on the utility function, that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link may be higher than the first link quality and the third link quality, executing an associated process.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例中,該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型,以及針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the utility function includes at least one of: a channel type for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a received signal strength indicator value for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二AP的第二關聯程序的指示。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, sending an instruction to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second association procedure with a second AP for the third wireless communication device.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,可以包括:在經由第一AP以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一IP位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第二IP位址的指示,對第二IP位址的指示是經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的;經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用第二IP位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and using a first IP address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a second AP, the indication of the second IP address being received via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP using the second IP address.

在一些實施例中,第二無線通訊設備可以包括處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使得第二無線通訊設備:在經由第一AP以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一IP位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第二IP位址的指示,對第二IP位址的指示是經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的;經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用第二IP位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, the second wireless communication device may include a processing system including one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to: when communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first AP and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and using a first IP address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, Receiving an indication of a second IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a second AP, the indication of the second IP address being received via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP using the second IP address.

在一些實施例中,一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置可以包括:用於在經由第一AP以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一IP位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第二IP位址的指示的單元,對第二IP位址的指示是經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的;用於經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示的單元;及用於回應於該漫遊指示,使用第二IP位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊的單元。In some embodiments, an apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device may include: a device for communicating with the first wireless communication device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and using a first IP address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second AP; A unit for indicating a second IP address of a first wireless communication device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link; a unit for receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; and a unit for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and a second AP using the second IP address in response to the roaming indication.

在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體可以儲存用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼,並且該代碼可以包括可由處理器執行以進行以下操作的指令:在經由第一AP以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一IP位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第二IP位址的指示,對第二IP位址的指示是經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的;經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用第二IP位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium may store code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, and the code may include instructions executable by a processor to: receive a request for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and using a first IP address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link; An indication of a second IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a second AP, the indication of the second IP address being received via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP using the second IP address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收對針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址的指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊亦使用該媒體存取控制位址。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: receiving an indication of a media access control address for a second wireless communication link from a first wireless device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link, wherein communication of data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP also uses the media access control address.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路向第一無線設備發送回應於該漫遊指示的確認,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊是回應於該確認的。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: sending a confirmation in response to the roaming indication to the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link, and communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to the confirmation.

本文描述的方法、裝置和非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體的一些實例亦可以包括用於進行以下的操作、特徵、單元或指令:回應於該漫遊指示而調整音訊時延或音訊位元速率中的至少一者,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊使用經調整的音訊時延或經調整的音訊位元速率。Some examples of the methods, devices, and non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may also include operations, features, units, or instructions for performing the following: adjusting at least one of the audio delay or the audio bit rate in response to the roaming indication, and using the adjusted audio delay or the adjusted audio bit rate for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP.

在本案內容中描述的主題的一或多個實現方式的細節是在附圖和下文的描述中闡述的。根據說明書、附圖和請求項,其他特徵、態樣和優勢將變得顯而易見。要注意的是,以下附圖的相對尺寸可能不是按比例繪製的。Details of one or more implementations of the subject matter described in the present application are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description that follows. Other features, aspects, and advantages will become apparent from the description, drawings, and claims. It should be noted that the relative sizes of the following drawings may not be drawn to scale.

以下描述涉及一些特定的實例以用於描述本案內容的創新態樣的目的。然而,本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者將易於認識到的是,本文中的教導可以以多種不同的方式來應用。所描述的實例中的一些或全部實例可以在能夠根據以下項中的一項或多項發送和接收射頻(RF)訊號的任何設備、系統或網路中實現:電氣和電子工程師協會(IEEE)802.11標準、IEEE 802.15標準、如由藍芽特別興趣小組(SIG)定義的藍芽®標準、或由第三代合作夥伴計畫(3GPP)頒佈的長期進化(LTE)、3G、4G或第五代(新無線電(NR))標準、以及其他標準。所描述的實例可以在能夠根據以下技術或技法中的一項或多項來發送和接收RF訊號的任何設備、系統或網路中實現:分碼多工存取(CDMA)、分時多工存取(TDMA)、分頻多工存取(FDMA)、正交FDMA(OFDMA)、單載波FDMA(SC-FDMA)、空分多工(SDMA)、速率分拆多工存取(RSMA)、多使用者共享存取(MUSA)、單使用者(SU)多輸入多輸出(MIMO)以及多使用者(MU)MIMO。所描述的實現方式亦可以使用其他無線通訊協定或RF訊號來實現,這些無線通訊協定或RF訊號適合於在無線個人區域網路(WPAN)、無線區域網路(WLAN)、無線廣域網路(WWAN)、無線都會區網路(WMAN)、或物聯網路(IOT)網路中的一或多個網路中使用。The following description relates to some specific examples for the purpose of describing the innovative aspects of the present invention. However, it will be readily recognized by those skilled in the art that the teachings herein can be applied in a variety of different ways. Some or all of the described examples may be implemented in any device, system or network capable of transmitting and receiving radio frequency (RF) signals according to one or more of the following: the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 standard, the IEEE 802.15 standard, the Bluetooth® standard as defined by the Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG), or the Long Term Evolution (LTE), 3G, 4G or fifth generation (New Radio (NR)) standard issued by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), and other standards. The described examples may be implemented in any device, system, or network capable of sending and receiving RF signals based on one or more of the following technologies or techniques: code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA), single carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA), spatial division multiplexing (SDMA), rate division multiple access (RSMA), multi-user shared access (MUSA), single user (SU) multiple input multiple output (MIMO), and multi-user (MU) MIMO. The described implementations may also be implemented using other wireless communication protocols or RF signals suitable for use in one or more of a wireless personal area network (WPAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), a wireless wide area network (WWAN), a wireless metropolitan area network (WMAN), or an Internet of Things (IoT) network.

無線通訊設備(諸如無線區域網路(WLAN)中的站(STA))可以經由通道(諸如2.4千兆赫(GHz)(亦稱為2 Ghz)、5 Ghz或6 GHz無線通訊鏈路)與存取點(AP)進行通訊。無線通訊設備亦可以經由對等(P2P)無線通訊鏈路(諸如2.4 GHz、5 Ghz或6 GHz無線通訊鏈路)與擴展式個人區域網路(XPAN)中的無線通訊設備(諸如個人音訊設備)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備(諸如手持機或桌上型電腦)可以與個人音訊設備(諸如耳塞式耳機(earbud)或頭戴式設備(headset))進行通訊。個人音訊設備亦可以是STA。XPAN的通訊鏈路可以是2.4 GHz、5GHz或6 GHz無線通訊鏈路,用於減少的時延及/或高輸送量應用(諸如用於遊戲應用、音樂或語音撥叫的資料串流音訊)。A wireless communication device, such as a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), can communicate with an access point (AP) over a channel, such as a 2.4 gigahertz (GHz) (also known as 2 GHz), 5 GHz, or 6 GHz wireless communication link. A wireless communication device can also communicate with wireless communication devices, such as personal audio devices, in an extended personal area network (XPAN) over a peer-to-peer (P2P) wireless communication link, such as a 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or 6 GHz wireless communication link. For example, a personal wireless communication device, such as a handheld or desktop computer, can communicate with a personal audio device, such as an earbud or headset. A personal audio device can also be a STA. The communication link for XPAN can be a 2.4 GHz, 5GHz, or 6 GHz wireless communication link for reduced latency and/or high throughput applications (such as streaming audio for gaming applications, music, or voice calls).

在XPAN中,使用在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間的Wi-Fi鏈路(諸如2.4 Ghz、5 Ghz或6 GHz無線通訊鏈路)將音訊從個人無線通訊設備資料串流到(多個)個人音訊設備,同時個人無線通訊設備在基礎設施(infra)Wi-Fi鏈路上與AP進行通訊。在個人無線通訊設備與(多個)個人音訊設備之間的XPAN Wi-Fi鏈路的實體範圍可能是有限的,並且因此,若個人音訊設備的使用者遠離個人無線通訊設備,則鏈路品質可能劣化,這可能影響音訊資料串流品質。In XPAN, audio is streamed from a personal wireless communication device to a personal audio device(s) using a Wi-Fi link (such as a 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or 6 GHz wireless communication link) between the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device while the personal wireless communication device communicates with the AP over an infrastructure (infra) Wi-Fi link. The physical range of the XPAN Wi-Fi link between the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device(s) may be limited, and therefore, if the user of the personal audio device is far away from the personal wireless communication device, the link quality may degrade, which may affect the audio data streaming quality.

可以經由使個人音訊設備能夠經由AP連接到個人無線通訊設備並與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊,來擴展連接到個人無線通訊設備的個人音訊設備的範圍。AP可以具有比個人無線通訊設備更大的範圍,並且因此,當在個人音訊設備與個人無線通訊設備之間的直接P2P鏈路品質低於閾值時,可以使用AP來將音訊資料串流到個人音訊設備。與在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間的直接P2P通訊相比,在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間的經由AP的通訊增加了時延,並且因此,個人音訊設備在可能時可以被偏置以偏好經由直接XPAN鏈路(諸如P2P無線通訊鏈路)與個人無線通訊設備通訊。為了減少與在直接與個人無線通訊設備通訊和經由AP與個人無線通訊設備通訊之間的轉換相關聯的時延和封包丟失,在斷開與無線通訊設備的P2P鏈路之前,個人音訊設備可以與AP相關聯並且從AP接收IP位址,個人音訊設備隨後可以與個人無線通訊設備共享該IP位址。一旦個人音訊設備與AP連接,個人音訊設備就可以向個人無線通訊設備發送解除關聯訊息,並且可以經由與AP的連接與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊。與在建立新無線通訊鏈路之前就斷開先前無線通訊鏈路的轉換相比,這種無瑕疵轉換減少了時延並且避免了封包丟失。當經由AP與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊時,若個人音訊設備決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足效用函數,則個人音訊設備可以轉換回與個人無線通訊設備的直接P2P無線通訊鏈路。補充地或替換地,當經由第一AP與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊時,個人音訊設備可以例如基於與第二AP的鏈路的鏈路品質強於與第一AP的鏈路的鏈路品質而轉換到與第二AP的連接。The range of a personal audio device connected to a personal wireless communication device can be extended by enabling the personal audio device to connect to and communicate with the personal wireless communication device via an AP. The AP can have a greater range than the personal wireless communication device, and therefore, when the direct P2P link quality between the personal audio device and the personal wireless communication device is below a threshold, the AP can be used to stream audio data to the personal audio device. Communication between the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device via the AP increases latency compared to direct P2P communication between the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device, and therefore, the personal audio device may be biased to prefer communicating with the personal wireless communication device via a direct XPAN link (such as a P2P wireless communication link) when possible. In order to reduce latency and packet loss associated with switching between communicating directly with the personal wireless communication device and communicating with the personal wireless communication device via the AP, before disconnecting the P2P link with the wireless communication device, the personal audio device may associate with the AP and receive an IP address from the AP, which the personal audio device may then share with the personal wireless communication device. Once the personal audio device is connected to the AP, the personal audio device can send a disassociation message to the personal wireless communication device and can communicate with the personal wireless communication device via the connection to the AP. This flawless transition reduces latency and avoids packet loss compared to a transition that disconnects the previous wireless communication link before establishing a new wireless communication link. When communicating with the personal wireless communication device via the AP, if the personal audio device determines that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link meets the utility function, the personal audio device can switch back to a direct P2P wireless communication link with the personal wireless communication device. Additionally or alternatively, when communicating with the personal wireless communication device via the first AP, the personal audio device may switch to a connection with the second AP, for example, based on the link quality of the link with the second AP being stronger than the link quality of the link with the first AP.

可以實現在本案內容中描述的主題的特定態樣,以實現以下潛在優勢中的一或多個優勢。在一些實例中,可以經由使個人音訊設備和個人無線通訊設備能夠經由一或多個AP進行通訊,來擴展XPAN通訊的範圍。因此,XPAN範圍可以增加到整個建築物或整個辦公室場景,例如,在建築物或辦公室由AP的網狀網路服務的場景中。補充地或替換地,可以經由在斷開現有無線鏈路之前建立新無線鏈路來減少與轉換相關聯的時延。例如,在斷開與個人無線通訊設備的P2P鏈路之前,個人音訊設備可以與AP相關聯並建立與AP的無線通訊鏈路。一旦個人音訊設備與AP連接,個人音訊設備就可以向個人無線通訊設備發送解除關聯訊息,並且可以經由與AP的連接來與個人無線通訊設備進行通訊。類似地,在斷開與AP的連接以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路與個人無線通訊設備連接或與一不同AP連接之前,個人音訊設備與個人無線通訊設備或該不同AP相關聯並建立與個人無線通訊設備或該不同AP的通訊,從而減少與此類轉換相關聯的時延。補充地或替換地,由於與在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間的直接P2P通訊相比,在個人無線通訊設備與個人音訊設備之間經由AP(或經由多個AP)的通訊增加了時延,個人音訊設備在可能時可以被偏置以偏好經由直接XPAN鏈路與個人無線通訊設備通訊。Certain aspects of the subject matter described in the present case can be implemented to achieve one or more of the following potential advantages. In some examples, the range of XPAN communications can be extended by enabling personal audio devices and personal wireless communication devices to communicate via one or more APs. Thus, the XPAN range can be increased to an entire building or entire office scenario, for example, in a scenario where a building or office is served by a mesh network of APs. Additionally or alternatively, the delay associated with the transition can be reduced by establishing a new wireless link before disconnecting an existing wireless link. For example, a personal audio device can associate with an AP and establish a wireless communication link with the AP before disconnecting the P2P link with the personal wireless communication device. Once the personal audio device is connected to the AP, the personal audio device can send a disassociation message to the personal wireless communication device and can communicate with the personal wireless communication device via the connection to the AP. Similarly, before disconnecting from the AP to connect to the personal wireless communication device or to a different AP via a P2P wireless communication link, the personal audio device associates with the personal wireless communication device or the different AP and establishes communication with the personal wireless communication device or the different AP, thereby reducing the delay associated with such a transition. Additionally or alternatively, due to the increased latency of communication between a personal wireless communications device and a personal audio device via an AP (or via multiple APs) compared to direct P2P communication between the personal wireless communications device and the personal audio device, the personal audio device may be biased to prefer communicating with the personal wireless communications device via a direct XPAN link when possible.

圖1圖示實例無線通訊網路100的方塊圖。根據一些態樣,無線通訊網路100可以是WLAN的實例,諸如Wi-Fi網路(並且在下文將被稱為WLAN 100)。例如,WLAN 100可以是實現IEEE 802.11無線通訊協定標準族(諸如經由IEEE 802.11-2020規範或其修訂定義的標準,其包括但不限於802.11ay、802.11ax、802.11az、802.11ba、802.11bd、802.11be、802.11bf和與Wi-Fi 8相關聯的802.11修改)中的至少一個標準的網路。WLAN 100可以包括多個無線通訊設備,諸如無線AP 102 和多個無線STA 104。儘管圖1中僅示出一個AP 102,但是WLAN網路100亦可以包括多個AP 102。圖1中所示的AP 102可以代表多種不同類型的AP,包括但不限於企業級AP、單頻AP、雙頻AP、單機AP、軟體實現AP(軟AP)以及多鏈路AP。蜂巢網路(諸如LTE、第五代NR等等)的覆蓋區域和容量可以由充當微型基地台的AP 支援的小型細胞進一步改善。此外,亦可以使用小型細胞經由無線區域網建立專用蜂巢網路。FIG1 illustrates a block diagram of an example wireless communication network 100. According to some aspects, the wireless communication network 100 may be an example of a WLAN, such as a Wi-Fi network (and will be referred to as WLAN 100 hereinafter). For example, WLAN 100 may be a network that implements at least one standard in the IEEE 802.11 family of wireless communication protocol standards (such as standards defined by the IEEE 802.11-2020 specification or amendments thereof, including but not limited to 802.11ay, 802.11ax, 802.11az, 802.11ba, 802.11bd, 802.11be, 802.11bf, and 802.11 modifications associated with Wi-Fi 8). The WLAN 100 may include multiple wireless communication devices, such as a wireless AP 102 and multiple wireless STAs 104. Although only one AP 102 is shown in FIG. 1 , the WLAN network 100 may also include multiple APs 102. The AP 102 shown in FIG. 1 may represent multiple different types of APs, including but not limited to enterprise-level APs, single-band APs, dual-band APs, stand-alone APs, software-implemented APs (soft APs), and multi-link APs. The coverage area and capacity of cellular networks (such as LTE, fifth-generation NR, etc.) can be further improved by small cells supported by APs that act as micro base stations. In addition, small cells can also be used to establish a private cellular network via a wireless local area network.

STA 104中的每一者亦可以被稱為行動站(MS)、行動設備、移動手持機、無線手持機、存取終端(AT)、使用者設備(UE)、用戶站(SS)或用戶單元、以及其他實例。STA 104可以表示各種設備,諸如行動電話、個人數位助理(PDA)、其他手持設備、小筆電、筆記型電腦、平板電腦、膝上型電腦、搭載chrome的電腦、擴展現實(XR)頭戴式設備、可穿戴設備、無線頭戴式設備、無線耳塞式耳機、顯示裝置(例如,TV(包括智慧TV)、電腦監測器、導航系統等等)、音樂或其他音訊或身歷聲設備、遠端控制設備(「遙控器」)、印表機、廚房電器(包括智慧冰箱)或其他家用電器、智慧揚聲器設備、聯網鍛煉設備、鑰匙扣(諸如用於被動無鑰匙進入和啟動(PKES)系統)、物聯網路(IoT)設備和車輛以及其他實例。網路中的各個STA 104能夠經由AP 102彼此通訊。Each of the STAs 104 may also be referred to as a mobile station (MS), a mobile device, a mobile handset, a wireless handset, an access terminal (AT), a user equipment (UE), a subscriber station (SS) or a subscriber unit, among other instances. STA 104 may represent a variety of devices, such as mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), other handheld devices, small notebooks, laptops, tablets, laptops, computers equipped with Chrome, extended reality (XR) headsets, wearable devices, wireless headsets, wireless earbuds, display devices (e.g., TVs (including smart TVs), computer monitors, navigation systems, etc.), music or other audio or stereo devices, remote control devices ("remote controls"), printers, kitchen appliances (including smart refrigerators) or other home appliances, smart speaker devices, connected exercise equipment, key fobs (such as for use in passive keyless entry and start (PKES) systems), Internet of Things (IoT) devices and vehicles, and other examples. Each STA 104 in the network can communicate with each other via AP 102.

單個AP 102和相關聯的STA 104集合可以稱為基本服務集(BSS),其是由相應的AP 102來管理的。圖1另外示出AP 102的實例覆蓋區域108,其可以表示WLAN 100的基本服務區域(BSA)。BSS可以經由服務集辨識符(SSID)向使用者進行標識或指示,以及經由基本服務集辨識符(BSSID)向其他設備進行標識,BSSID可以是AP 102的媒體存取控制(MAC)位址。AP 102可以週期性地廣播包括BSSID的信標訊框(「信標」),以使得在AP 102的無線範圍內的任何STA 104能夠與AP 102「關聯」或重新關聯,以建立與AP 102的相應的通訊鏈路106(在下文亦被稱為"Wi-Fi鏈路"),或保持與AP 102的通訊鏈路106。例如,信標可以包括由相應的AP 102所使用的主通道的標識或指示以及用於與AP 102建立或維持時序同步的時序同步功能。AP 102可以經由相應的通訊鏈路106來向在WLAN中的各個STA 104提供對外部網路的存取。A single AP 102 and the associated set of STAs 104 may be referred to as a basic service set (BSS), which is managed by the corresponding AP 102. FIG1 additionally illustrates an example coverage area 108 of the AP 102, which may represent a basic service area (BSA) of the WLAN 100. A BSS may be identified or indicated to a user via a service set identifier (SSID), and to other devices via a basic service set identifier (BSSID), which may be a medium access control (MAC) address of the AP 102. The AP 102 may periodically broadcast a beacon frame (“beacon”) including a BSSID to enable any STA 104 within the wireless range of the AP 102 to “associate” or reassociate with the AP 102 to establish a corresponding communication link 106 (hereinafter also referred to as a “Wi-Fi link”) with the AP 102, or to maintain a communication link 106 with the AP 102. For example, the beacon may include an identification or indication of a primary channel used by the corresponding AP 102 and a timing synchronization function for establishing or maintaining timing synchronization with the AP 102. The AP 102 may provide access to external networks to each STA 104 in the WLAN via the corresponding communication link 106.

為了建立與AP 102的通訊鏈路106,STA 104之每一者STA 104被配置為在一或多個頻帶(例如,2.4 GHz、5 GHz、6 GHz或60 GHz頻帶)中的頻率通道上執行被動或主動掃瞄操作(「掃瞄」)。為了執行被動掃瞄,STA 104監聽由相應的AP 102以稱為目標信標傳輸時間(TBTT)的週期性時間間隔(以時間單位(TU)來量測的,其中一個TU可以等於1024微秒(µs))來發送的信標。為了執行主動式掃瞄,STA 104在每個將掃瞄的通道上產生並且依次發送探測請求,並且監聽來自AP 102的探測回應。每個STA 104可以根據經由被動掃瞄或主動掃瞄獲得的掃瞄資訊,辨識、決定、查明或選擇將與之關聯的AP 102,並執行認證和關聯操作,以與所選擇的AP 102建立通訊鏈路106。在關聯操作結束處,AP 102向STA 104指派AP 102用於追蹤STA 104的關聯辨識符(AID)。To establish a communication link 106 with the AP 102, each of the STAs 104 is configured to perform a passive or active scanning operation ("scanning") on a frequency channel in one or more frequency bands (e.g., the 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, 6 GHz, or 60 GHz bands). To perform a passive scan, the STA 104 listens for beacons transmitted by the corresponding AP 102 at periodic time intervals called target beacon transmission time (TBTT) (measured in time units (TUs), where one TU may be equal to 1024 microseconds (µs)). To perform active scanning, the STA 104 generates and sequentially sends a probe request on each channel to be scanned, and listens for probe responses from the AP 102. Each STA 104 can identify, determine, find out, or select an AP 102 to associate with based on the scan information obtained through passive scanning or active scanning, and perform authentication and association operations to establish a communication link 106 with the selected AP 102. At the end of the association operation, the AP 102 assigns the STA 104 an association identifier (AID) that the AP 102 uses to track the STA 104.

由於無線網路的日益普及,STA 104可能有機會:選擇在STA的範圍內的許多BSS中的一個BSS,或者在共同形成包括多個連接的BSS的擴展服務集(ESS)的多個AP 102之中進行選擇。與WLAN 100相關聯的擴展網路站可以被連接到有線或無線分佈系統,該系統可以允許在此類ESS中連接多個AP 102。因此,STA 104可以被多於一個的AP 102覆蓋,並且可以在不同的時間與不同的AP 102關聯以進行不同的傳輸。此外,在與AP 102關聯之後,STA 104亦可以週期性地掃瞄其周圍環境以尋找將與之關聯的更合適的AP 102。例如,相對於其關聯的AP 102正在移動的STA 104可以執行「漫遊」掃瞄,以尋找具有更理想的網路特性(諸如,更大的接收訊號強度指示符(RSSI)或減少的傳輸量負載)的另一AP 102。Due to the increasing popularity of wireless networks, a STA 104 may have the opportunity to: select one of many BSSs within the range of the STA, or select among multiple APs 102 that together form an extended service set (ESS) including multiple connected BSSs. An extended network station associated with a WLAN 100 may be connected to a wired or wireless distribution system that allows multiple APs 102 to be connected in such an ESS. Therefore, a STA 104 may be covered by more than one AP 102 and may associate with different APs 102 at different times for different transmissions. In addition, after associating with an AP 102, the STA 104 may also periodically scan its surrounding environment to find a more suitable AP 102 to associate with. For example, a STA 104 that is moving relative to its associated AP 102 may perform a “roaming” scan to find another AP 102 with more desirable network characteristics (e.g., a greater received signal strength indicator (RSSI) or reduced traffic load).

在一些情況中,STA 104可以在沒有AP 102或除STA 104本身以外的其他設備的情況下形成網路。此類網路的一個實例是自組織網路(或無線自組織網路)。自組織網路可以替代地被稱為網狀網路或對等(P2P)網路。在一些情況中,自組織網路可以在較大的無線網路(諸如WLAN 100)內實現。在此類實例中,儘管STA 104可能能夠經由AP 102使用通訊鏈路106彼此進行通訊,但是STA 104亦能夠經由直接無線通訊鏈路110直接地彼此進行通訊。另外,兩個STA 104可以經由直接通訊鏈路110進行通訊,而不管兩個STA 104是否皆與同一AP 102相關聯以及由同一AP 102服務。在此類自組織系統中,STA 104中的一或多個STA 104可以承擔由AP 102在BSS中擔任的角色。此類STA 104可以被稱為組所有者(GO),並且可以協調自組織網路內的傳輸。直接無線通訊鏈路110的實例包括:Wi-Fi直接連接、經由使用Wi-Fi隧道直接鏈路建立(TDLS)鏈路建立的連接、以及其他P2P組連接。In some cases, STA 104 can form a network without AP 102 or other devices other than STA 104 itself. An example of such a network is an ad hoc network (or wireless ad hoc network). An ad hoc network may alternatively be referred to as a mesh network or a peer-to-peer (P2P) network. In some cases, an ad hoc network may be implemented within a larger wireless network such as WLAN 100. In such an example, although STA 104 may be able to communicate with each other using communication link 106 via AP 102, STA 104 may also be able to communicate with each other directly via direct wireless communication link 110. In addition, two STAs 104 can communicate via a direct communication link 110, regardless of whether both STAs 104 are associated with and served by the same AP 102. In such an ad hoc system, one or more of the STAs 104 can assume the role played by the AP 102 in the BSS. Such STAs 104 can be referred to as group owners (GOs) and can coordinate transmissions within the ad hoc network. Examples of direct wireless communication links 110 include: Wi-Fi direct connections, connections established using Wi-Fi tunnel direct link establishment (TDLS) links, and other P2P group connections.

AP 102和STA 104可以根據IEEE 802.11無線通訊協定標準族中的一或多個標準來執行和通訊(經由相應的通訊鏈路106)。這些標準針對PHY層和MAC層定義了WLAN無線電和基頻協定。AP 102和STA 104以PHY協定資料單元(PPDU)的形式向彼此發送和接收無線通訊(以下亦被稱為「Wi-Fi通訊」或「無線封包」)。WLAN 100中的AP 102和STA 104可以在非許可頻譜上發送PPDU,該非許可頻譜可以是頻譜的包括傳統上由Wi-Fi技術使用的頻帶(諸如2.4 GHz頻帶、5 GHz頻帶、60 GHz頻帶、3.6 GHz頻帶和900 MHz頻帶)的一部分。本文描述的AP 102和STA 104的一些實例亦可以在其他頻帶中進行通訊,諸如5.9 GHz和6 GHz頻帶,這些頻帶可以支援許可通訊和非許可通訊二者。AP 102和STA 104亦可以在其他頻帶(諸如共享許可頻帶)上進行通訊,其中多個服務供應商可以具有在相同或重疊的一或多個頻帶上操作的許可。AP 102 and STA 104 may operate and communicate (via corresponding communication link 106) in accordance with one or more standards in the IEEE 802.11 family of wireless communication protocol standards. These standards define WLAN radio and baseband protocols for the PHY layer and the MAC layer. AP 102 and STA 104 send and receive wireless communications (hereinafter also referred to as "Wi-Fi communications" or "wireless packets") to each other in the form of PHY protocol data units (PPDUs). The AP 102 and STA 104 in the WLAN 100 may send PPDUs on an unlicensed spectrum, which may be a portion of the spectrum that includes bands traditionally used by Wi-Fi technology, such as the 2.4 GHz band, the 5 GHz band, the 60 GHz band, the 3.6 GHz band, and the 900 MHz band. Some examples of the AP 102 and STA 104 described herein may also communicate in other bands, such as the 5.9 GHz and 6 GHz bands, which may support both licensed and unlicensed communications. The AP 102 and STA 104 may also communicate on other frequency bands, such as shared licensed frequency bands, where multiple service providers may have licenses to operate on the same or overlapping frequency bands.

這些頻帶之每一者頻帶可以包括多個次頻帶或多個頻率通道。例如,符合IEEE 802.11n、802.11ac、802.11ax和802.11be標準修訂的PPDU可以是在2 GHz、2.4 GHz、5 GHz或6 GHz頻帶上發送的,這些頻帶之每一者頻帶被劃分為多個20 MHz通道。因此,這些PPDU是在具有20 MHz的最小頻寬的實體通道上發送的,但是可以經由通道拘束形成較大的通道。例如,可以經由將多個20 MHz通道拘束在一起來在具有40 MHz、80 MHz、160或320 MHz的頻寬的實體通道上發送PPUD。Each of these frequency bands may include multiple sub-bands or multiple frequency channels. For example, PPDUs compliant with IEEE 802.11n, 802.11ac, 802.11ax, and 802.11be standard amendments may be sent on 2 GHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or 6 GHz frequency bands, each of which is divided into multiple 20 MHz channels. Thus, these PPDUs are sent on physical channels with a minimum bandwidth of 20 MHz, but may be formed into larger channels via channel constraining. For example, a PPDU may be sent on a physical channel with a bandwidth of 40 MHz, 80 MHz, 160, or 320 MHz by constraining multiple 20 MHz channels together.

每個PPDU是包括PHY前序訊號和以PHY服務資料單元(PSDU)形式的有效載荷的複合結構。接收設備可以使用在前序訊號中提供的資訊來解碼PSDU中的後續資料。在其中PPDU是在拘束通道上發送的實例中,可以在多個分量通道之每一者分量通道中複製和發送前序訊號欄位。PHY前序訊號可以包括傳統部分(或"傳統前序訊號")和非傳統部分(或"非傳統前序訊號")。傳統前序訊號可以被用於封包偵測、自動增益控制和通道估計、以及其他用途。傳統前序訊號通常亦可以被用於保持與傳統設備的相容性。前序訊號的非傳統部分的格式、對前序訊號的非傳統部分的編碼和前序訊號的非傳統部分中提供的資訊,是與將被用於發送有效載荷的特定IEEE 802.11協定相關聯的。Each PPDU is a composite structure that includes a PHY preamble and a payload in the form of a PHY Service Data Unit (PSDU). A receiving device can use the information provided in the preamble to decode subsequent data in the PSDU. In instances where the PPDU is sent on a constrained channel, the preamble field may be replicated and sent in each of multiple component channels. The PHY preamble may include a legacy portion (or "legacy preamble") and a non-legacy portion (or "non-legacy preamble"). Legacy preambles may be used for packet detection, automatic gain control, and channel estimation, among other purposes. Legacy preambles may also typically be used to maintain compatibility with legacy devices. The format of the non-legacy portion of the preamble, the encoding of the non-legacy portion of the preamble, and the information provided in the non-legacy portion of the preamble are specific to the IEEE 802.11 protocol that will be used to transmit the payload.

圖2a、2b、2c和2d分別圖示XPAN場景200、220、225和230的實例,其包括個人無線通訊設備204、AP 102-a、AP 102-b、應用伺服器215以及個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。個人無線通訊設備204可以是如參考圖1描述的站104。例如,個人無線通訊設備204可以是手持機、筆記型電腦或桌上型電腦。個人音訊設備210-a和210-b可以是如參考圖1描述的STA 104的另一實例。例如,個人音訊設備210-a和210-b可以是耳塞式耳機、頭戴式設備或頭戴式耳機。AP 102-a和AP 102-b可以是如參考圖1描述的AP 102的實例。2a, 2b, 2c, and 2d illustrate examples of XPAN scenarios 200, 220, 225, and 230, respectively, which include a personal wireless communication device 204, an AP 102-a, an AP 102-b, an application server 215, and personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b. The personal wireless communication device 204 may be a station 104 as described with reference to FIG. 1. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204 may be a handset, a laptop, or a desktop computer. The personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b may be another example of the STA 104 as described with reference to FIG. 1. For example, the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b may be earbuds, head-mounted devices, or headphones. AP 102-a and AP 102-b may be examples of AP 102 as described with reference to FIG. 1.

XPAN可以在將無損音訊或語音撥叫資料串流到個人音訊設備(諸如個人音訊設備210-a和210-b)的用例中應用。例如,在XPAN場景中,個人音訊設備210-a和210-b可以是雲連接的耳塞式耳機/頭戴式設備/頭戴式耳機。如本文所述,XPAN可以實現用於音訊資料串流的完整/家庭建築物覆蓋。在完整家庭/建築物覆蓋場景中,使用者可以不攜帶個人無線通訊設備204並帶著個人音訊設備210-a和210-b一起走動,同時個人音訊設備210-a和210-b仍然連接到網路時,從而實現對諸如音樂、播客或音訊書之類的音訊的不間斷收聽,或者實現不間斷的語音撥叫。本文描述的技術實現了用於XPAN的無線通訊鏈路之間的無瑕疵轉換。實例支援的音訊格式可以包括48K/96K/192K無損或有損音訊資料串流、語音撥叫、音樂和語音助理。例如,在辦公室環境中,使用者可以在電話會議時在小房間,並且可以走向休息室,同時將個人無線通訊設備204留在她的桌子上而不中斷電話會議。XPAN can be applied in a use case of streaming lossless audio or voice dial data to personal audio devices (such as personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b). For example, in an XPAN scenario, personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b can be cloud-connected earbuds/headsets/headphones. As described herein, XPAN can achieve full/home building coverage for audio data streaming. In a full home/building coverage scenario, a user can walk around without the personal wireless communication device 204 and with the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b, while the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b are still connected to the network, thereby enabling uninterrupted listening to audio such as music, podcasts, or audio books, or enabling uninterrupted voice calls. The technology described herein enables flawless conversion between wireless communication links for XPAN. The audio formats supported by the example may include 48K/96K/192K lossless or lossy audio data streams, voice calls, music, and voice assistants. For example, in an office environment, a user may be in a cubicle while on a conference call and may walk to the break room while leaving the personal wireless communication device 204 on her desk without interrupting the conference call.

在圖2a、2b、2c和2d的實例XPAN場景200、220、225和230中,應用可以在個人無線通訊設備204上執行,其對音訊(諸如用於音樂、視訊、播客、音訊書或語音撥叫)進行資料串流。應用的資料可以從應用伺服器215提供給個人無線通訊設備204。用於將音訊從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b的兩條路線(示為「a」和「b」)是可能的。在示出為「a」路線的第一實例中,可以經由在個人無線通訊設備204與個人音訊設備210-a和210-b之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路來資料串流音訊資料。在示出為「b」路線的第二實例中,音訊資料可以從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到AP 102-a,隨後從AP 102-a資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。與「a」路線的P2P鏈路相比,「b」路線由於多個鏈路而具有更高的時延,但「b」路線可以具有更大的範圍,因為AP 102-a可以具有比個人無線通訊設備204更大的傳輸範圍。In the example XPAN scenarios 200, 220, 225, and 230 of Figures 2a, 2b, 2c, and 2d, an application may be executed on a personal wireless communication device 204 that streams audio (e.g., for music, video, podcasts, audio books, or voice calls). The application's data may be provided to the personal wireless communication device 204 from an application server 215. Two routes (shown as "a" and "b") are possible for streaming audio from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b. In the first example, shown as the "a" route, audio data can be streamed via the P2P wireless communication link between the personal wireless communication device 204 and the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b. In the second example, shown as the "b" route, audio data can be streamed from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the AP 102-a, and then from the AP 102-a to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b. Compared to the P2P link of the "a" route, the "b" route has higher latency due to multiple links, but the "b" route can have a larger range because the AP 102-a can have a larger transmission range than the personal wireless communication device 204.

在實例XPAN場景200中,在標記為「a」的第一路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路a 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到AP 102-a,經由無線通訊鏈路a 1從AP 102-a資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,並且經由P2P無線通訊鏈路a 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。在標記為「b」的第二路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路b 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到AP 102-a,經由無線通訊鏈路b 1從AP 102-a資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,經由無線通訊鏈路b 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流回到AP 102-a,並且經由無線通訊鏈路b 3從AP 102-a資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。實例XPAN場景200圖示線上資料串流/網際網路協定語音(IP)/語音助理場景,其中應用伺服器215經由AP 102-a向在個人無線通訊設備204上執行的應用提供音訊資料。 In the example XPAN scenario 200, in the first route marked "a", audio data is streamed from the application server 215 to the AP 102-a via the wireless communication link a0 , from the AP 102-a to the personal wireless communication device 204 via the wireless communication link a1 , and from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via the P2P wireless communication link a2 . In the second route marked "b", audio data is streamed from the application server 215 to AP 102-a via wireless communication link b0 , from AP 102-a to personal wireless communication device 204 via wireless communication link b1 , from personal wireless communication device 204 back to AP 102-a via wireless communication link b2 , and from AP 102-a to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via wireless communication link b3 . Example XPAN scenario 200 illustrates an online data streaming/Voice over Internet Protocol (IP)/voice assistant scenario in which an application server 215 provides audio data to an application executing on a personal wireless communication device 204 via AP 102-a.

在實例XPAN場景220中,在標記為「a」的第一路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路a 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到行動通訊基地台205,經由無線通訊鏈路a 1(諸如,長期進化(LTE)鏈路、第五代鏈路或新無線電(NR)鏈路)從行動通訊基地台205資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,並且經由P2P無線通訊鏈路a 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。在標記為「b」的第二路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路b 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到行動通訊基地台205,經由無線通訊鏈路b 1(諸如LTE、第五代或NR鏈路)從行動通訊基地台205資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,經由無線通訊鏈路b 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到AP 102-a,並且經由無線通訊鏈路b 3從AP 102-a資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。實例XPAN場景220圖示具有蜂巢回載(諸如沒有Wi-Fi撥叫)的語音撥叫的實例。 In the example XPAN scenario 220, in the first route marked "a", audio data is streamed from the application server 215 to the mobile communication base station 205 via the wireless communication link a0 , from the mobile communication base station 205 to the personal wireless communication device 204 via the wireless communication link a1 (e.g., a long-term evolution (LTE) link, a fifth generation link, or a new radio (NR) link), and from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via the P2P wireless communication link a2 . In the second route, labeled "b," audio data is data streamed from the application server 215 to the mobile communication base station 205 via wireless communication link b0 , from the mobile communication base station 205 to the personal wireless communication device 204 via wireless communication link b1 (such as an LTE, fifth generation or NR link), from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the AP 102-a via wireless communication link b2 , and from the AP 102-a to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via wireless communication link b3 . Example XPAN scenario 220 illustrates an example of a voice call with cellular backload (such as without Wi-Fi dialing).

實例XPAN場景225圖示將音訊從個人無線通訊設備204離線資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b的實例。例如,儲存在個人無線通訊設備204的本機存放區器中的音訊資料可以被資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b,而不由應用伺服器215提供。在標記為「a」的第一路線中,音訊資料經由P2P無線通訊鏈路a 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。在標記為「b」的第二路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路b 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到AP 102-a,並且經由無線通訊鏈路b 3從AP 102-a資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。 Example XPAN scenario 225 illustrates an example of offline data streaming of audio from personal wireless communication device 204 to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b. For example, audio data stored in the local storage of personal wireless communication device 204 can be data streamed to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b without being provided by application server 215. In the first route marked as "a", audio data is data streamed from personal wireless communication device 204 to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via P2P wireless communication link a2 . In the second route, labeled “b”, audio data is streamed from personal wireless communication device 204 to AP 102-a via wireless communication link b2 , and from AP 102-a to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via wireless communication link b3 .

如本文所述,在實例XPAN場景200、220和225中,與「a」路線的P2P鏈路相比,「b」路線由於多個鏈路而具有更高的時延,但是「b」路線可以具有更大的範圍,因為AP 102-a可以具有比個人無線通訊設備204更大範圍的傳輸範圍。因此,可以實現漫遊方法和技術,以用於針對個人音訊設備210-a和210-b的、針對完整家庭/辦公室/建築物覆蓋的在P2P連接(「a」路線)與到AP 102-a的直接連接(「b」路線)之間的無瑕疵雙向轉換,而沒有服務中斷。實例轉換包括:1)個人音訊設備-個人無線通訊設備到個人音訊設備-AP;2)個人音訊設備-AP到個人音訊設備-個人無線通訊設備;及3)個人音訊設備-第一AP到個人音訊設備-第二AP。所描述的技術可以確保先通後斷轉換,並且可以減少個人音訊設備210-a和210-b處的掃瞄管理負擔,以減少個人音訊設備210-a和210-b處的功耗。As described herein, in example XPAN scenarios 200, 220, and 225, the “b” route has higher latency due to multiple links compared to the P2P link of the “a” route, but the “b” route can have greater range because the AP 102-a can have a greater range than the personal wireless communication device 204. Therefore, roaming methods and techniques can be implemented for seamless two-way transitions between a P2P connection (“a” route) and a direct connection to the AP 102-a (“b” route) for full home/office/building coverage for personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b without service interruption. The example transitions include: 1) personal audio device-personal wireless communication device to personal audio device-AP; 2) personal audio device-AP to personal audio device-personal wireless communication device; and 3) personal audio device-first AP to personal audio device-second AP. The described techniques can ensure a make-before-break transition and can reduce the scan management burden at the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b to reduce power consumption at the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b.

在實例XPAN場景230中,在標記為「a」的第一路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路a 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到AP 102-a,經由無線通訊鏈路a 1從AP 102-a資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,並且經由P2P無線通訊鏈路a 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。在標記為「b」的第二路線中,音訊資料經由無線通訊鏈路b 0從應用伺服器215資料串流到AP 102-a,經由無線通訊鏈路b 1從AP 102-a資料串流到個人無線通訊設備204,經由無線通訊鏈路b 2從個人無線通訊設備204資料串流回到AP 102-a,經由無線通訊鏈路b’ 2從AP 102-a資料串流到AP 102-b,並且經由無線通訊鏈路b 3從AP 102-b資料串流到個人音訊設備210-a和210-b。實例XPAN場景230圖示線上資料串流/網際網路協定語音(IP)/語音助理場景,其中應用伺服器215經由AP 102-a向在個人無線通訊設備204上執行的應用提供音訊資料,其中個人音訊設備210-a和210-b連接到與個人無線通訊設備204(AP 102-a)不同的AP(AP 102-b)。例如,AP 102-a和AP 102-b可以是網狀網路或範圍擴展網路的一部分。 In the example XPAN scenario 230, in the first route marked "a", audio data is streamed from the application server 215 to the AP 102-a via the wireless communication link a0 , from the AP 102-a to the personal wireless communication device 204 via the wireless communication link a1 , and from the personal wireless communication device 204 to the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via the P2P wireless communication link a2 . In the second route marked "b", audio data is streamed from the application server 215 to AP 102-a via wireless communication link b0 , from AP 102-a to personal wireless communication device 204 via wireless communication link b1 , from personal wireless communication device 204 back to AP 102-a via wireless communication link b2 , from AP 102 -a to AP 102-b via wireless communication link b'2, and from AP 102-b to personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b via wireless communication link b3 . Example XPAN scenario 230 illustrates an online data streaming/Voice over Internet Protocol (IP)/voice assistant scenario in which an application server 215 provides audio data to an application executing on a personal wireless communication device 204 via AP 102-a, where the personal audio devices 210-a and 210-b are connected to a different AP (AP 102-b) than the personal wireless communication device 204 (AP 102-a). For example, AP 102-a and AP 102-b may be part of a mesh network or a range extension network.

圖3圖示在第一時間300的P2P無線連接與第二時間305的個人音訊設備-AP連接之間轉換的XPAN場景中的實例。圖3中所示的實例XPAN場景包括:AP 102-b(其可以為如本文中所描述的AP 102的實例)、個人無線通訊設備204-a(其可以為如本文中所描述的個人無線通訊設備204的實例)、以及個人音訊設備210-c(其可以為如本文中所描述的個人音訊設備210-a或210-b的實例)。例如,圖3可以示出其中支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者移出個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍的場景。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機的使用者可以離開其桌子,同時將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處。FIG3 illustrates an example in an XPAN scenario of transitioning between a P2P wireless connection at a first time 300 and a personal audio device-AP connection at a second time 305. The example XPAN scenario shown in FIG3 includes: AP 102-b (which can be an example of AP 102 as described herein), personal wireless communication device 204-a (which can be an example of personal wireless communication device 204 as described herein), and personal audio device 210-c (which can be an example of personal audio device 210-a or 210-b as described herein). For example, FIG3 can illustrate a scenario in which a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) moves out of range of personal wireless communication device 204-a. For example, a user of XPAN-enabled earbuds may leave his desk while leaving his cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his desk.

AP 102-b可以具有2.4G範圍310和5G/6G範圍315。如本文所使用的,2.4G代表2.4 GHz射頻頻帶,5G代表5 GHz射頻頻帶,並且6G代表6 GHz射頻頻帶。2.4G範圍310可以大於5G/6G範圍315。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有2.4G範圍320和5G/6G範圍325。2.4G範圍320可以大於5G/6G範圍325。AP 102-b具有比個人無線通訊設備204-a更大的範圍,例如,AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍315大於個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320。The AP 102-b may have a 2.4G range 310 and a 5G/6G range 315. As used herein, 2.4G represents the 2.4 GHz radio frequency band, 5G represents the 5 GHz radio frequency band, and 6G represents the 6 GHz radio frequency band. The 2.4G range 310 may be greater than the 5G/6G range 315. The personal wireless communication device 204-a may have a 2.4G range 320 and a 5G/6G range 325. The 2.4G range 320 may be greater than the 5G/6G range 325. The AP 102-b has a greater range than the personal wireless communication device 204-a, for example, the 5G/6G range 315 of the AP 102-b is greater than the 2.4G range 320 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

因此,在第一時間300處,當個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍內時,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量),以及專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。Therefore, at the first time 300, when the personal audio device 210-c is within the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) via a direct P2P wireless communication link. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b as follows: audio data for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c (shown as EB transmission volume), and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

在第二時間305處,當個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍(2.4G範圍320和5G/6G範圍325兩者)之外時,個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b進行對音訊資料的通訊。因此,在第一時間300與第二時間305之間,個人音訊設備210-c可以從個人音訊設備-個人無線通訊設備連接場景轉換到個人音訊設備-AP連接場景。At the second time 305, when the personal audio device 210-c is outside the range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a (both the 2.4G range 320 and the 5G/6G range 325), the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate the audio data via the AP 102-b. Therefore, between the first time 300 and the second time 305, the personal audio device 210-c can be converted from the personal audio device-personal wireless communication device connection scenario to the personal audio device-AP connection scenario.

圖4圖示在第一時間400處的個人音訊設備-AP連接與第二時間405處的P2P無線連接之間轉換的XPAN場景中的實例。圖4所示的實例XPAN場景包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,圖4可以示出其中支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者移動回到個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍內的場景。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機的使用者可以返回到其留下其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)的其桌子處。FIG4 illustrates an example in an XPAN scenario of transitioning between a personal audio device-AP connection at a first time 400 and a P2P wireless connection at a second time 405. The example XPAN scenario shown in FIG4 includes the AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. For example, FIG4 may illustrate a scenario in which a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud (personal audio device 210-c) moves back into range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. For example, the user of the XPAN-enabled earbud may return to his desk where he left his cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a).

在第一時間400(其可以對應於圖3的第二時間305)處,個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍(2.4G範圍320和5G/6G範圍325兩者)之外,並且個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b進行對音訊資料的通訊。在第一時間400與第二時間405之間,個人音訊設備210-c的使用者移動到個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍內。At a first time 400 (which may correspond to a second time 305 of FIG. 3 ), the personal audio device 210 - c is outside the range of the personal wireless communication device 204 - a (both the 2.4G range 320 and the 5G/6G range 325 ), and the personal audio device 210 - c and the personal wireless communication device 204 - a may communicate audio data via the AP 102 - b. Between the first time 400 and the second time 405, the user of the personal audio device 210 - c moves into the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device 204 - a.

由於在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的直接P2P無線通訊鏈路具有比經由AP 102-b的通訊更低的時延,因此在第二時間405,當個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍內時,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。因此,在第一時間400與第二時間405之間,個人音訊設備210-c可以從個人音訊設備-AP連接場景轉換到個人音訊設備-個人無線通訊設備連接場景。Since the direct P2P wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a has a lower latency than the communication via the AP 102-b, at the second time 405, when the personal audio device 210-c is within the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) via the direct P2P wireless communication link. Therefore, between the first time 400 and the second time 405, the personal audio device 210-c can be converted from the personal audio device-AP connection scenario to the personal audio device-personal wireless communication device connection scenario.

圖5圖示在第一時間500處的個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與在第二時間505處的個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間轉換的XPAN場景中的實例。圖5所示的實例XPAN場景包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。圖5中示出的實例XPAN場景包括AP 102-c,其可以是如本文描述的AP 102的實例。AP 102-b和AP 102-c可以在相同的網狀網路或擴展服務集530內。AP 102-c可以具有2.4G範圍510和5G/6G範圍515。2.4G範圍310可以大於5G/6G範圍515。例如,將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處的支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者,可以從其辦公室或家庭的由第一AP服務的一個樓層或區段移動到其辦公室的由第二AP服務的第二樓層或區段。FIG5 illustrates an example in an XPAN scenario of transitioning between a personal audio device-first AP connection at a first time 500 and a personal audio device-second AP connection at a second time 505. The example XPAN scenario shown in FIG5 includes AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. The example XPAN scenario shown in FIG5 includes AP 102-c, which may be an example of AP 102 as described herein. AP 102-b and AP 102-c may be in the same mesh network or extended service set 530. AP 102-c may have a 2.4G range 510 and a 5G/6G range 515. The 2.4G range 310 may be greater than the 5G/6G range 515. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) who leaves his cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his desk can move from one floor or section of his office or home served by a first AP to a second floor or section of his office served by a second AP.

在第一時間500(其可以對應於圖3的第二時間305)處,個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍(2.4G範圍320和5G/6G範圍325兩者)之外,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b進行對音訊資料的通訊。在第一時間500與第二時間505之間,個人音訊設備210-c的使用者移出AP 102-b(其是個人無線通訊設備204-a的服務AP)的2.4G範圍510,並進入AP 102-c的5G/6G範圍515。At a first time 500 (which may correspond to a second time 305 of FIG. 3 ), the personal audio device 210-c is outside the range (both the 2.4G range 320 and the 5G/6G range 325) of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c may communicate audio data via the AP 102-b. Between the first time 500 and the second time 505, the user of the personal audio device 210-c moves out of the 2.4G range 510 of the AP 102-b (which is the serving AP of the personal wireless communication device 204-a) and enters the 5G/6G range 515 of the AP 102-c.

在第二時間505處,個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-c和AP 102-b進行對音訊資料的通訊(個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b和AP 102-c將音訊資料中繼到個人音訊設備210-c)。因此,在第一時間500與第二時間505之間,個人音訊設備210-c可以從個人音訊設備第一AP連接場景轉換到個人音訊設備-第二AP連接場景。At the second time 505, the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate audio data via AP 102-c and AP 102-b (the personal wireless communication device 204-a can relay the audio data to the personal audio device 210-c via AP 102-b and AP 102-c). Therefore, between the first time 500 and the second time 505, the personal audio device 210-c can be converted from the personal audio device first AP connection scenario to the personal audio device-second AP connection scenario.

圖6圖示其中個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍內,但在服務於個人無線通訊設備204-a的AP 102-b的範圍之外的XPAN場景600的實例。實例XPAN場景600包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,該桌子可能靠近由AP服務的範圍的邊界。使用者可以走離桌子一段距離,使得使用者離開AP的範圍但仍在手機的範圍內。FIG6 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 600 in which a personal audio device 210-c is within the range of a personal wireless communication device 204-a, but outside the range of an AP 102-b serving the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The example XPAN scenario 600 includes the AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) may leave his or her cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his or her desk, which may be near the boundary of the range served by the AP. The user may walk a distance away from the desk, such that the user is out of the range of the AP but still within the range of the cell phone.

在實例XPAN場景600中,個人無線通訊設備204-a在AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍315和2.4G範圍310的邊緣附近,並且因此個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍325和2.4G範圍320並未被完全包含在AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍315和2.4G範圍310內。如圖所示,個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍325內,但在服務於個人無線通訊設備204-a的AP 102-b的2.4G範圍310之外。在XPAN場景600中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量),以及專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。In the example XPAN scenario 600, the personal wireless communication device 204-a is near the edge of the 5G/6G range 315 and the 2.4G range 310 of the AP 102-b, and therefore the 5G/6G range 325 and the 2.4G range 320 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a are not completely contained within the 5G/6G range 315 and the 2.4G range 310 of the AP 102-b. As shown, the personal audio device 210-c is within the 5G/6G range 325 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, but outside the 2.4G range 310 of the AP 102-b serving the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In the XPAN scenario 600, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate audio data (shown as EB traffic) via a direct P2P wireless communication link. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b for the following: audio data for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c (shown as EB traffic), and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS traffic).

圖7圖示其中個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320內,但在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍325之外的XPAN場景700的實例。實例XPAN場景700包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處的支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍內但不在手機的5G/6G範圍內。FIG7 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 700 in which a personal audio device 210-c is within the 2.4G range 320 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, but outside the 5G/6G range 325 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The example XPAN scenario 700 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) who leaves his or her cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his or her desk may be a distance away from his or her desk that is within the 2.4G range of the cell phone but not within the 5G/6G range of the cell phone.

如圖所示,個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320內,並且在AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍內,但在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍325之外。在XPAN場景700中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由2.4G直接P2P無線通訊鏈路進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b的5G/6G鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。在一些情況中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由藍芽(BT)低能量通訊鏈路而不是2.4G直接P2P無線通訊鏈路,來進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。例如,用於在個人無線通訊設備204-a與個人音訊設備210-c之間進行對音訊資料的通訊的鏈路可以基於距離、接收訊號強度指示符(RSSI)量測、通道壅塞及/或時延考慮而改變。As shown, the personal audio device 210-c is within the 2.4G range 320 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a and within the 5G/6G range of the AP 102-b, but outside the 5G/6G range 325 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In the XPAN scenario 700, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) via a 2.4G direct P2P wireless communication link. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b via the 5G/6G link of the AP 102-b for the following: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume). In some cases, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate the audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) via a Bluetooth (BT) low energy communication link instead of a 2.4G direct P2P wireless communication link. For example, the link used to communicate audio data between the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c may be changed based on distance, received signal strength indicator (RSSI) measurements, channel congestion, and/or latency considerations.

圖8圖示其中個人無線通訊設備204-a連接到蜂巢基地台205-a,並且個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍內的XPAN場景800的實例。實例XPAN場景800包括參考圖3描述的個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。實例XPAN場景800包括基地台205-a,其可以是如參考圖2b描述的基地台205的實例。基地台205-a可以具有通訊範圍810。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以處於沒有WLAN的位置,並且取而代之地,其電話可以連接到蜂巢網路。FIG8 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 800 in which a personal wireless communication device 204-a is connected to a cellular base station 205-a, and a personal audio device 210-c is within range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The example XPAN scenario 800 includes the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. The example XPAN scenario 800 includes a base station 205-a, which can be an example of a base station 205 as described with reference to FIG2b. The base station 205-a can have a communication range 810. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) can be in a location without a WLAN, and instead, his phone can connect to a cellular network.

個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由諸如LTE鏈路、第五代鏈路或NR鏈路之類的通訊鏈路與基地台205-a進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)以及專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。XPAN場景800可以示出具有蜂巢回載的XPAN 5G上的實例個人音訊設備210-c到個人無線通訊設備204-a的連接。The personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) via a direct P2P wireless communication link. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the base station 205-a via a communication link such as an LTE link, a fifth generation link, or an NR link for the following: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume). XPAN scenario 800 may illustrate the connection of an example personal audio device 210 - c to a personal wireless communication device 204 - a over XPAN 5G with cellular backload.

圖9a圖示其中個人音訊設備210-c在AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍315內,但在個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320之外的實例XPAN場景900。實例XPAN場景900包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍之外但在服務於手機的AP的5G/6G範圍內。個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b(並且具體地經由在AP 102-b與個人音訊設備210-c之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路)進行對音訊資料的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。FIG9a illustrates an example XPAN scenario 900 in which a personal audio device 210-c is within the 5G/6G range 315 of an AP 102-b, but outside the 2.4G range 320 of a personal wireless communication device 204-a. The example XPAN scenario 900 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) may leave their cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at their desk and may be a distance away from their desk that is outside the 2.4G range of the cell phone but within the 5G/6G range of the AP serving the cell phone. The personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate audio data via the AP 102-b (and specifically via the 5G/6G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal audio device 210-c). The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b via the 5G/6G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a: audio data for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c (shown as EB transmission volume) and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

圖9b圖示其中個人音訊設備210-c在AP 102-b的2.4G範圍310內,但在個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320和AP 102-b的5G/6G範圍315之外的實例XPAN場景905。實例XPAN場景905包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍之外但在服務於手機的AP的2.4G範圍內。個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b(並且具體地經由在AP 102-b與個人音訊設備210-c之間的2.4G無線通訊鏈路)進行對音訊資料的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。9b illustrates an example XPAN scenario 905 in which the personal audio device 210-c is within the 2.4G range 310 of the AP 102-b, but outside the 2.4G range 320 of the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the 5G/6G range 315 of the AP 102-b. The example XPAN scenario 905 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) may leave their cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at their desk and may be a distance away from their desk that is outside the 2.4G range of the cell phone but within the 2.4G range of the AP serving the cell phone. The personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate audio data via the AP 102-b (and specifically via the 2.4G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal audio device 210-c). The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b via the 5G/6G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

圖10圖示其中個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G範圍320內,但在個人無線通訊設備204-a的5G/6G範圍之外的實例XPAN場景1000的實例。實例XPAN場景1000包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍內但不在手機的5G/6G範圍內,並且亦在服務於手機的AP的5G/6G範圍內。10 illustrates an example of an example XPAN scenario 1000 in which a personal audio device 210-c is within the 2.4G range 320 of a personal wireless communication device 204-a, but outside the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The example XPAN scenario 1000 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) can leave his or her cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his or her desk and can be at a distance from his or her desk that is within the 2.4G range of the cell phone but not within the 5G/6G range of the cell phone and is within the 5G/6G range of the AP serving the cell phone.

個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。取決於通道品質和功耗考慮,個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b(並且具體地經由在AP 102-b與個人音訊設備210-c之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路)或經由在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的2.4G P2P鏈路,來進行對音訊資料的通訊。例如,與AP 102-a的5G/6G連接可能涉及比與個人無線通訊設備204-a的2.4G P2P連接更高的功耗。The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with AP 102-b via a 5G/6G wireless communication link between AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a for the following: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume). Depending on channel quality and power consumption considerations, the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a may communicate audio data via the AP 102-b (and specifically via the 5G/6G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal audio device 210-c) or via the 2.4G P2P link between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a. For example, a 5G/6G connection to the AP 102-a may involve higher power consumption than a 2.4G P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

圖11a圖示其中個人無線通訊設備204-a經由相同的基本服務集(BSS)將音訊資料(諸如語音撥叫或離線串流)中繼到個人音訊設備210-c的XPAN場景1100的實例。實例XPAN場景1100包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。AP 102-b可以服務於相同的L2/L3網路。例如,AP 102-b可以向區域310/315提供BSS。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍之外。支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機可以連接到具有相同BSS的AP和手機所連接到的AP。FIG. 11a illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 1100 in which a personal wireless communication device 204-a relays audio data (such as voice calls or offline streaming) to a personal audio device 210-c via the same basic service set (BSS). Example XPAN scenario 1100 includes AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. AP 102-b can serve the same L2/L3 network. For example, AP 102-b can provide BSS to area 310/315. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) may leave his cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at his desk and may be some distance away from his desk that is outside the 2.4G range of the cell phone. The XPAN-enabled earbud headset may connect to an AP with the same BSS as the AP to which the cell phone is connected.

個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b(經由相同BSS)進行對音訊資料的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。The personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate audio data via the AP 102-b (via the same BSS). The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with the AP 102-b via the 5G/6G wireless communication link between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

圖11b圖示XPAN場景1105的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a經由ESS將音訊資料(諸如語音撥叫或離線串流)中繼到個人音訊設備210-c,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c在相同的L2/L3網路中(諸如在家庭網狀網路場景中)。實例XPAN場景1105包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。實例XPAN場景1105包括AP 102-c和AP 102-d,其可以是如本文描述的AP 102的實例。AP 102-b和AP 102-d可以服務於相同的L2/L3網路。例如,AP 102-b可以向區域310/315提供BSS,並且AP 102-d可以向區域1110/1115提供BSS。ESS可以服務於區域1120。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍之外。支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機可以連接到與手機所連接到的AP在同一網狀網路內的AP。FIG. 11 b illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 1105 in which a personal wireless communication device 204-a relays audio data (such as a voice call or offline streaming) to a personal audio device 210-c via an ESS, wherein the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c are in the same L2/L3 network (such as in a home mesh network scenario). The example XPAN scenario 1105 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3 . The example XPAN scenario 1105 includes the AP 102-c and the AP 102-d, which may be examples of the AP 102 as described herein. AP 102-b and AP 102-d may serve the same L2/L3 network. For example, AP 102-b may provide a BSS to areas 310/315, and AP 102-d may provide a BSS to areas 1110/1115. An ESS may serve area 1120. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud headset (personal audio device 210-c) may leave their cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at their desk and may be a distance away from their desk that is outside the 2.4G range of the cell phone. The XPAN-enabled earbud headset may connect to an AP that is within the same mesh network as the AP to which the cell phone is connected.

個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b、AP 102-c和AP 102-d進行對音訊資料的通訊(個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由相同的ESS將語音撥叫或離線串流中繼到在一不同BSS中的個人音訊設備210-c)。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。The personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate audio data via AP 102-b, AP 102-c, and AP 102-d (the personal wireless communication device 204-a can relay voice calls or offline streaming to the personal audio device 210-c in a different BSS via the same ESS). The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with AP 102-b via a 5G/6G wireless communication link between AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a for the following: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

圖12圖示XPAN場景1200的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a經由ESS將音訊資料(諸如語音撥叫或離線串流)中繼到個人音訊設備210-c,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c在不同的L2/L3網路中(諸如在辦公大樓場景中)。實例XPAN場景1200包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。實例XPAN場景1200包括AP 102-c,其可以是如本文描述的AP 102的實例。AP 102-b和AP 102-c可以服務於不同的L2/L3網路。例如,AP 102-b可以向區域310/315提供BSS,並且AP 102-c可以向區域1210/1215提供BSS。ESS 1225可以服務於區域1220。例如,支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機(個人音訊設備210-c)的使用者可以將其手機(個人無線通訊設備204-a)留在其桌子處,並且可以與其桌子相距一定距離,該距離在手機的2.4G範圍之外。支援XPAN的耳塞式耳機可以連接到AP,該AP是與手機所連接到的AP不同的L1或L2網路但相同的ESS 1225。FIG. 12 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario 1200 in which a personal wireless communication device 204-a relays audio data (such as a voice call or offline streaming) to a personal audio device 210-c via an ESS, wherein the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c are in different L2/L3 networks (such as in an office building scenario). The example XPAN scenario 1200 includes the AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3 . The example XPAN scenario 1200 includes AP 102-c, which may be an example of AP 102 as described herein. AP 102-b and AP 102-c may serve different L2/L3 networks. For example, AP 102-b may provide a BSS to zones 310/315, and AP 102-c may provide a BSS to zones 1210/1215. ESS 1225 may serve zone 1220. For example, a user of an XPAN-enabled earbud (personal audio device 210-c) may leave their cell phone (personal wireless communication device 204-a) at their desk and may be a distance away from their desk that is outside the 2.4G range of the cell phone. The XPAN-enabled earbud may connect to an AP that is a different L1 or L2 network than the AP to which the cell phone is connected but the same ESS 1225.

個人音訊設備210-c和個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b和AP 102-c進行對音訊資料的通訊(個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由相同的ESS 1225將語音撥叫或離線串流中繼到在不同BSS中的個人音訊設備210-c)。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的5G/6G無線通訊鏈路與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示為EB傳輸量)和專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示為HS傳輸量)。The personal audio device 210 - c and the personal wireless communication device 204 - a can communicate audio data via the AP 102 - b and the AP 102 - c (the personal wireless communication device 204 - a can relay voice calls or offline streaming to the personal audio device 210 - c in a different BSS via the same ESS 1225). The personal wireless communication device 204-a can communicate with AP 102-b via a 5G/6G wireless communication link between AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a for the following: audio data (shown as EB transmission volume) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS transmission volume).

圖13圖示在XPAN場景1300中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的實例。XPAN場景1300包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。由於XPAN場景1300中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,XPAN場景1300中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG. 13 illustrates an example of a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario 1300. The XPAN scenario 1300 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3. Since the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1300 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1300 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection.

在1305處,個人無線通訊設備204-a經由通訊鏈路106-a與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)以及專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示出為HS傳輸量)。在1305處,個人無線通訊設備204-a經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。At 1305, the personal wireless communication device 204-a communicates with the AP 102-b via the communication link 106-a for the following: audio data (shown as EB traffic) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS traffic). At 1305, the personal wireless communication device 204-a communicates the audio data (shown as EB traffic) via the direct P2P wireless communication link 106-b.

個人音訊設備210-c監測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質。若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b下降到閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以從個人無線通訊設備204-a請求最近的通道掃瞄結果。作為回應,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以共享最近的掃瞄結果以及相關聯的AP(AP 102-b)的BSS辨識符(BSSID)、AP 102-b的通道和AP 102-b的能力。在一些實例中,若最近的掃瞄結果比一閾值舊,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以回應於來自個人音訊設備210-c的請求而執行通道掃瞄,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與個人音訊設備210-c共享新執行的通道掃瞄的結果。個人音訊設備210-c可以針對P2P連接相對於個人音訊設備210-c附近的AP,來計算效用函數。 The personal audio device 210-c monitors the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. If the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), the personal audio device 210-c can request the most recent channel scan results from the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In response, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can share the most recent scan results and the BSS identifier (BSSID) of the associated AP (AP 102-b), the channel of AP 102-b, and the capabilities of AP 102-b. In some examples, if the most recent scan result is older than a threshold, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform a channel scan in response to a request from the personal audio device 210-c, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can share the results of the newly performed channel scan with the personal audio device 210-c. The personal audio device 210-c can calculate a utility function for the P2P connection relative to the APs near the personal audio device 210-c.

在1310處,若個人音訊設備210-c決定到AP 102-b的連接提供更好的效用函數,則個人音訊設備210-c開始與AP 102-b的關聯/認證或連接程序。在一些實例中,關聯/認證或連接程序可以涉及與候選AP(例如,AP 102-b)的安全金鑰交換或動態主機設定通訊協定(DHCP)伺服器協商。個人音訊設備210-c從AP 102-b獲得IP位址,並且與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享IP位址及/或MAC位址。因此,個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b建立無線通訊鏈路106-c,並且經由無線通訊鏈路106-c和無線通訊鏈路106-b具有雙連接。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以使用位址解析通訊協定(ARP)檢視個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a可以切換BT控制路徑以經由傳輸控制協定(TCP)與個人音訊設備210-c通訊。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址和MAC位址。At 1310, if the personal audio device 210-c determines that a connection to the AP 102-b provides a better utility function, the personal audio device 210-c begins an association/authentication or connection process with the AP 102-b. In some examples, the association/authentication or connection process may involve a secure key exchange or a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server negotiation with a candidate AP (e.g., AP 102-b). The personal audio device 210-c obtains an IP address from the AP 102-b and shares the IP address and/or MAC address with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. Therefore, the personal audio device 210-c establishes the wireless communication link 106-c with the AP 102-b and has dual connections via the wireless communication link 106-c and the wireless communication link 106-b. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can view the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c using the address resolution protocol (ARP), and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the BT control path to communicate with the personal audio device 210-c via the transmission control protocol (TCP). In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c can share the IP address and MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c with the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示或漫遊請求。回應於漫遊指示或漫遊請求,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延以處置跨網路的時延,可以降低音訊位元速率,及/或可以增加音訊時延以處置跨網路的端到端時延。 If the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a second threshold ( LQroamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming indication or a roaming request to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In response to the roaming indication or the roaming request, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio delay to handle the delay across the network, may reduce the audio bit rate, and/or may increase the audio delay to handle the end-to-end delay across the network.

在1315處,個人無線通訊設備204-a將音訊資料從乙太網路切換到使用者資料包通訊協定(UDP),並且個人無線通訊設備204-a經由AP 102-b(經由無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)將音訊資料轉發到個人音訊設備210-c。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將BT控制從藍芽低功耗(BLE)切換到經由經由AP 102-b的TCP。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以解除關聯/斷開P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a可以使用個人音訊設備210-c的IP和MAC位址經由AP 102-b將資料轉發到個人音訊設備210-c。At 1315, the personal wireless communication device 204-a switches the audio data from Ethernet to User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and the personal wireless communication device 204-a forwards the audio data to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c). In some examples, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch BT control from Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) to TCP via the AP 102-b. In some examples, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can disassociate/disconnect the P2P wireless communication link 106-b, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can forward data to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b using the IP and MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c.

在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以發起該轉換。例如,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測來自下行鏈路傳輸的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的平均鏈路品質(諸如,RSSI、封包錯誤率(PER)、重試次數、壅塞位準或其組合)。如本文所述,若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以開始針對相鄰AP的掃瞄程序。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與個人音訊設備210-c共享掃瞄結果,及/或可以代表個人音訊設備210-c執行掃瞄,並且個人音訊設備210-c可以使用共享的掃瞄結果,或者若在共享列表中沒有AP 102可用則可以執行掃瞄。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將掃瞄結果連同獲得通道掃瞄結果時的時間戳記一起轉發到個人音訊設備210-c,例如,在個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c在彼此的閾值實體接近度內的情況下(在這種情況下,個人無線通訊設備204-a處的通道掃瞄結果將類似於個人音訊設備210-c處的通道掃瞄結果)。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以在供應商特定動作訊框中轉發通道掃瞄結果。在家庭場景中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將服務AP 102-b的BSSID和服務AP 102-b的家庭通道轉發給個人音訊設備210-c。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以嘗試與從個人無線通訊設備204-a接收的列表中的最近使用的AP 102之一進行連接。 In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c can initiate the transition. For example, the personal audio device 210-c can monitor the average link quality (e.g., RSSI, packet error rate (PER), number of retries, congestion level, or a combination thereof) of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b from downlink transmissions. As described herein, if the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a first threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), the personal audio device 210-c can start a scanning process for neighboring APs. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can share scan results with the personal audio device 210-c and/or can perform a scan on behalf of the personal audio device 210-c, and the personal audio device 210-c can use the shared scan results or perform a scan if no AP 102 is available in the shared list. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can forward the scan result to the personal audio device 210-c along with a timestamp of when the channel scan result was obtained, for example, when the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c are within a threshold physical proximity of each other (in which case the channel scan result at the personal wireless communication device 204-a will be similar to the channel scan result at the personal audio device 210-c). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can forward the channel scan result in a vendor specific action message frame. In a home scenario, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can forward the BSSID of the service AP 102-b and the home channel of the service AP 102-b to the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c can try to connect to one of the most recently used APs 102 in the list received from the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由供應商特定動作訊框請求個人無線通訊設備204-a代表個人音訊設備210-c來執行掃瞄。例如,可以根據需要進行掃瞄,以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c掃瞄可以限於通道子集,以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。在一些實例中,可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a直接連接到的AP(AP 102-b)給予較高的權重。In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c can request the personal wireless communication device 204-a to perform a scan on behalf of the personal audio device 210-c via a vendor specific action message box. For example, the scan can be performed as needed to reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c scan can be limited to a subset of channels to reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, a higher weight can be given to the AP (AP 102-b) to which the personal wireless communication device 204-a is directly connected.

在一些實例中,若找到具有更好RSSI的AP(優於P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的RSSI),則個人音訊設備210-c可以使用效用函數來檢查更好的是漫遊到具有更好RSSI的AP還是保持連接在P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b上。RSSI可以根據信標或探測回應(其由AP 102回應於由個人音訊設備210-c發送的探測請求而發送)來計算。效用函數可以基於:2.4 G通道相對於5G/6G通道的RSSI差異,及/或對到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P連接的偏好的偏置因數(出於節能考慮(因為大多數AP不支援/啟用目標喚醒時間(TWT))),以及與經由AP的多點連接相比的直接P2P連接的端到端時延。例如,效用函數可以選擇在考慮偏置的情況下具有較高RSSI的無線通訊鏈路。在一些實例中,在存在多個AP 102(諸如在網狀網路中)的情況下,效用函數可以涉及偏好個人無線通訊設備204-a所連接到的AP 102的偏置因數,以便減少與經由多個AP 102的通訊相關聯的時延。在一些實例中,若個人音訊設備210-c使用效用函數決定到AP 102的連接將更好,則個人音訊設備210-c開始到AP 102的漫遊程序。AP 102可以是用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的服務AP 102-b,或者可以是不同的AP 102。In some examples, if an AP with a better RSSI is found (better than the RSSI of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b), the personal audio device 210-c can use a utility function to check whether it is better to roam to the AP with the better RSSI or to remain connected to the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. The RSSI can be calculated based on a beacon or a probe response (which is sent by the AP 102 in response to a probe request sent by the personal audio device 210-c). The utility function may be based on: the RSSI difference of the 2.4G channel relative to the 5G/6G channel, and/or a bias factor for preference of a direct P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a for power conservation considerations (since most APs do not support/enable target wake time (TWT)), and the end-to-end latency of a direct P2P connection compared to a multipoint connection via an AP. For example, the utility function may select the wireless communication link with a higher RSSI taking the bias into account. In some examples, where there are multiple APs 102 (such as in a mesh network), the utility function may involve a bias factor that prefers the AP 102 to which the personal wireless communication device 204-a is connected in order to reduce latency associated with communicating through the multiple APs 102. In some examples, if the personal audio device 210-c determines using the utility function that a connection to the AP 102 would be better, the personal audio device 210-c begins a roaming procedure to the AP 102. The AP 102 may be the serving AP 102-b for the personal wireless communication device 204-a, or may be a different AP 102.

如本文所述,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b建立連接(諸如經由關聯/認證程序)。個人音訊設備210-c可以經由進行監聽以傳送傳輸量指示映射(DTIM)信標並確保不超過在關聯回應中由AP 102-b傳送的BSS最大閒置時段,來維持到AP 102-b的連接。在一些實例中,若AP 102-b在與P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b不同的通道上(無線通訊鏈路106-c使用與P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b不同的通道),則個人音訊設備210-c可以定期切換通道以維持與AP 102-b的連接和與個人無線通訊設備204-a的P2P連接。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的通道切換為與基礎設施通道(無線通訊鏈路106-a)相同,以減少從個人音訊設備210-c進行頻繁通道切換的管理負擔。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以回應於發起將P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的通道切換為與基礎設施通道相同而向個人音訊設備210-c發送通道切換通告(CSA),並且個人音訊設備210-c可以相應地將P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b切換為與基礎設施通道相同。在一些情形中,若AP 102-b在與P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b相同的通道上(無線通訊鏈路106-c使用與P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b相同的通道),則可能在無線通訊鏈路106-c與P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b之間發生通道爭用。As described herein, the personal audio device 210-c may establish a connection with the AP 102-b (e.g., via an association/authentication process). The personal audio device 210-c may maintain the connection to the AP 102-b by listening to transmit a Traffic Indication Map (DTIM) beacon and ensuring that the BSS maximum idle period transmitted by the AP 102-b in the association response is not exceeded. In some examples, if AP 102-b is on a different channel than P2P wireless communication link 106-b (wireless communication link 106-c uses a different channel than P2P wireless communication link 106-b), personal audio device 210-c can periodically switch channels to maintain a connection with AP 102-b and a P2P connection with personal wireless communication device 204-a. In some examples, personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the channel of P2P wireless communication link 106-b to be the same as the infrastructure channel (wireless communication link 106-a) to reduce the management burden of frequent channel switching from personal audio device 210-c. The personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a channel switch announcement (CSA) to the personal audio device 210-c in response to initiating a switch of the channel of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b to be the same as the infrastructure channel, and the personal audio device 210-c may correspondingly switch the P2P wireless communication link 106-b to be the same as the infrastructure channel. In some cases, if the AP 102-b is on the same channel as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b (the wireless communication link 106-c uses the same channel as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b), channel contention may occur between the wireless communication link 106-c and the P2P wireless communication link 106-b.

如本文所述,在一些實例中,在認證/關聯程序期間,個人音訊設備210-c從AP 102-b獲得IP位址,並與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享IP位址。例如,來自個人音訊設備210-c(或者在兩個耳塞式耳機的情況下用於兩個設備)的IP位址可以經由供應商特定動作訊框而與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享。在存在兩個個人音訊設備210的一些實例中(例如,在兩個耳塞式耳機的情況中),主個人音訊設備210(例如,個人音訊設備210-a)可以與輔個人音訊設備210(例如,個人音訊設備210-b)共享目標AP的BSSID,以確保兩個個人音訊設備210不連接到兩個不同的AP。隨後,主個人音訊設備210-a可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享兩個個人音訊設備210的IP和MAC位址。在1310處,如本文所述,個人音訊設備210-c分別經由無線通訊鏈路106-c和P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b連接到AP 102-b和個人無線通訊設備204-a(雙個人音訊設備210-c連接實現無瑕疵轉換)。As described herein, in some examples, during the authentication/association process, the personal audio device 210-c obtains an IP address from the AP 102-b and shares the IP address with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. For example, the IP address from the personal audio device 210-c (or for both devices in the case of two earbuds) can be shared with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via a vendor specific action message box. In some instances where there are two personal audio devices 210 (e.g., in the case of two earbuds), the primary personal audio device 210 (e.g., personal audio device 210-a) can share the BSSID of the target AP with the secondary personal audio device 210 (e.g., personal audio device 210-b) to ensure that the two personal audio devices 210 are not connected to two different APs. Subsequently, the primary personal audio device 210-a can share the IP and MAC addresses of the two personal audio devices 210 with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1310, as described herein, the personal audio device 210-c is connected to the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the wireless communication link 106-c and the P2P wireless communication link 106-b, respectively (the dual personal audio device 210-c connections enable seamless transition).

如本文所述,若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送關於個人音訊設備210-c將漫遊到AP 102-b的指示。 ,其中 可以是可程式設計的鏈路品質度量閾值。可以選擇 ,以至少保證個人音訊設備210-c可以可靠地向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-a可以實現關於到AP 102-a的連接是否仍然提供比BLE/XPAN P2P鏈路更高的效用的滯後檢查,並且可以相應地向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送針對AP上XPAN(XPAN over AP)的漫遊請求。 As described herein, if the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a second threshold ( LQroamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c sends an indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a that the personal audio device 210-c will roam to the AP 102-b. ,in and Can be a programmable link quality metric threshold. , to at least ensure that the personal audio device 210-c can reliably send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-a can implement a lagging check as to whether the connection to the AP 102-a still provides higher utility than the BLE/XPAN P2P link, and can accordingly send a roaming request for XPAN over AP to the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

個人無線通訊設備204-a可以使用個人音訊設備210-c的所指示的IP位址和MAC位址,來繼續經由AP 102-b到個人音訊設備210-c的資料轉發。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址可以是個人無線通訊設備204-a根據先前通訊已知的。若在個人無線通訊設備204-a的MAC位址快取記憶體中不可用,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以使用具有所獲得的個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址的ARP請求來查詢個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址。在1315處,個人音訊設備210-c可以繼續監測無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質。The personal wireless communication device 204-a may use the indicated IP address and MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c to continue data forwarding to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b. In some examples, the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c may be known to the personal wireless communication device 204-a based on previous communications. If it is not available in the MAC address cache of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may query the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c using an ARP request with the obtained IP address of the personal audio device 210-c. At 1315, the personal audio device 210-c may continue to monitor the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c.

在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以輔助監測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質。例如,在1305處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測去往/來自個人無線通訊設備204-a的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質,並且定期地經由供應商特定動作訊框或經由藍芽鏈路與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享監測資訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a亦可以監測上行鏈路鏈路品質,例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以監測經由P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的上行鏈路傳輸的品質。若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊建議。個人無線通訊設備204-a回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下,可以執行掃瞄(或使用最近的掃瞄結果)並且與個人音訊設備210-c共享掃瞄結果連同相關聯的AP 102-b的BSSID、AP 102-b的通道和AP 102-b的能力。個人音訊設備210-c隨後可以決定與AP 102-b的連接相對於P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的效用,並且前進到如本文所述的1310/1315。 In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can assist in monitoring the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. For example, at 1305, the personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b to/from the personal wireless communication device 204-a and periodically share the monitoring information with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via a vendor-specific action message frame or via a Bluetooth link. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can also monitor the uplink link quality. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can monitor the quality of the uplink transmission via the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. If the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a first threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send a roaming suggestion to the personal audio device 210-c. In response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b falling below a first threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), the personal wireless communication device 204-a may perform a scan (or use the most recent scan results) and share the scan results with the personal audio device 210-c along with the BSSID of the associated AP 102-b, the channel of the AP 102-b, and the capabilities of the AP 102-b. The personal audio device 210-c may then determine the utility of the connection with the AP 102-b relative to the P2P wireless communication link 106-b and proceed to 1310/1315 as described herein.

個人無線通訊設備204-a輔助轉換類似於個人音訊設備210-c發起的轉換,除了以下情況之外:在個人無線通訊設備204-a輔助轉換中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以監測來自上行鏈路傳輸的平均鏈路品質(諸如基於RSSI、PER、重試次數、壅塞位準或其組合),並且個人無線通訊設備204-a亦可以從個人音訊設備210-c接收關於下行鏈路品質的週期性報告(諸如經由供應商特定動作訊框)。補充地或替換地,在個人無線通訊設備204-a輔助轉換中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以在P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下時,向個人音訊設備210-c發送指示以建議漫遊,並且任選地,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以指示相關聯的AP 102-b的BSSID、AP 102-b的通道、以及AP 102-b的能力。例如,漫遊指示和對AP BSSID的指示可以經由供應商特定動作訊框來發送。例如,若個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的緊密實體接近度內,則服務於個人無線通訊設備204-a的AP 102-b可以是個人音訊設備210-c的良好候選AP。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以掃瞄相鄰AP 102,並且可以與個人音訊設備210-c共享掃瞄結果。 A personal wireless communication device 204-a assisted handoff is similar to a handoff initiated by a personal audio device 210-c, except that in a personal wireless communication device 204-a assisted handoff, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can monitor the average link quality from the uplink transmission (such as based on RSSI, PER, number of retries, congestion level, or a combination thereof), and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can also receive periodic reports on the downlink quality from the personal audio device 210-c (such as via a vendor-specific action message frame). Additionally or alternatively, in the assisted handover of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send an indication to the personal audio device 210-c to suggest roaming when the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below the first threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), and optionally, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may indicate the BSSID of the associated AP 102-b, the channel of the AP 102-b, and the capabilities of the AP 102-b. For example, the roaming indication and the indication of the AP BSSID may be sent via a vendor specific action message frame. For example, if the personal audio device 210-c is within close physical proximity of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the AP 102-b serving the personal wireless communication device 204-a may be a good candidate AP for the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may scan neighboring APs 102 and may share the scan results with the personal audio device 210-c.

圖14圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流1400的實例。程序流1400包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流1400的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流1400中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流1400中。由於程序流1400中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流1400中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a program flow 1400 for switching between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario. The program flow 1400 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3 . In the following description of the program flow 1400, operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the order of the example shown, or operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 1400, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 1400. Because the transition shown in program flow 1400 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in program flow 1400 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection.

在1405處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。在1410處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質。在1415處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 1405, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via a P2P wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13). At 1410, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link. At 1415, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold value LQ AssocAP .

在一些實例中,在1420處並且回應於決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對最近的通道掃瞄結果的請求。隨後在1425處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將最近的通道掃瞄結果發送到個人音訊設備210-c。在替代實例中,在1430處並且回應於決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。 In some examples, at 1420 and in response to determining that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below the threshold LQ AssocAP , the personal audio device 210-c may send a request for the most recent channel scan results to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The personal wireless communication device 204-a may then send the most recent channel scan results to the personal audio device 210-c at 1425. In an alternative example, at 1430 and in response to determining that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below the threshold LQ AssocAP , the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b.

在1435處,基於通道掃瞄結果或探測回應/信標的所量測RSSI,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用(基於如本文所述的效用函數)。在一些實例中,若存在第二個人音訊設備(諸如第二耳塞式耳機),則個人音訊設備210-c可以與第二個人音訊設備共享目標AP 102-b。At 1435, based on the channel scan results or the measured RSSI of the probe response/beacon, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that a connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility (based on a utility function as described herein) than a P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, if a second personal audio device (such as a second earbud) is present, the personal audio device 210-c may share the target AP 102-b with the second personal audio device.

在1440處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-b的關聯/認證程序。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b交換安全金鑰。在1445處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享在關聯/認證程序期間接收的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址。在1450處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以切換BT控制路徑以經由TCP與個人音訊設備210-c進行通訊。At 1440, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an association/authentication procedure with the AP 102-b. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c may exchange security keys with the AP 102-b. At 1445, the personal audio device 210-c may share the IP address for the personal audio device 210-c received during the association/authentication procedure with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1450, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may switch the BT control path to communicate with the personal audio device 210-c via TCP.

在1455處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下。在1460處,回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示。在1465處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延。在1470處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以檢視個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址,或者可以經由ARP獲得個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料從乙太網路切換到UDP。 At 1455, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamAP ). At 1460, in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1465, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio delay. At 1470, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can check the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c, or can obtain the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c via ARP. In some examples, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the audio data from Ethernet to UDP.

在一些實例中,在1475處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以解除關聯/斷開P2P無線通訊鏈路(圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)。In some examples, at 1475, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device may disassociate/disconnect the P2P wireless communication link (P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13).

在1480處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖13的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。At 1480, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via AP 102-b (via wireless communication link 106-a and wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 13). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet.

圖15圖示在XPAN場景中的在第一時間的P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流1500的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備輔助發起該轉換。程序流1500包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流1500的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流1500中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流1500中。由於程序流1500中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流1500中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。另外,由於個人無線通訊設備204-a輔助發起該轉換,因此可以在個人音訊設備210-c處執行更少的處理,這可以減少時延,因為個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有比個人音訊設備210-c更多的處理功率及/或可以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。FIG. 15 illustrates an example of a program flow 1500 for a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection at a first time in an XPAN scenario, wherein the personal wireless communication device assists in initiating the transition. The program flow 1500 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3. In the following description of the program flow 1500, operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example sequence shown, or operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 1500, and other operations may be added to the program flow 1500. Because the transition shown in the program flow 1500 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in the program flow 1500 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection. Additionally, because the personal wireless communication device 204-a assists in initiating the conversion, less processing may be performed at the personal audio device 210-c, which may reduce latency because the personal wireless communication device 204-a may have more processing power than the personal audio device 210-c and/or may reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c.

在1505處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。在1510處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質。在1515處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 1505, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via a P2P wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13). At 1510, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link. At 1515, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold value LQ AssocAP .

在1520處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質統計的指示。在1525處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送對個人無線通訊設備204-a處的通道掃瞄結果的指示或通道掃瞄命令。在1530處,回應於通道掃瞄命令,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。在1535處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送RSSI量測。在1540處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用(基於如本文所述效用函數)。在1545處,回應於決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用,個人無線通訊設備204-a向個人音訊設備210-c發送關聯命令。At 1520, the personal audio device 210-c may send an indication of link quality statistics of the P2P wireless communication link to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1525, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send an indication of channel scan results at the personal wireless communication device 204-a or a channel scan command to the personal audio device 210-c. At 1530, in response to the channel scan command, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. At 1535, the personal audio device 210-c may send the RSSI measurement to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1540, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may determine that the connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than the P2P wireless communication link (based on the utility function as described herein). At 1545, in response to determining that the connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than the P2P wireless communication link, the personal wireless communication device 204-a sends an association command to the personal audio device 210-c.

在1550處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-b的關聯/認證程序。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b交換安全金鑰。在1555處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享在關聯/認證程序期間接收的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址。在1560處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以切換BT控制路徑以經由TCP與個人音訊設備210-c進行通訊。At 1550, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an association/authentication procedure with the AP 102-b. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c may exchange security keys with the AP 102-b. At 1555, the personal audio device 210-c may share the IP address for the personal audio device 210-c received during the association/authentication procedure with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1560, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may switch the BT control path to communicate with the personal audio device 210-c via TCP.

在1565處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下。在1570處,回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送關於鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下的指示。作為回應,在1575處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊建議。在1580處,回應於漫遊建議,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延。在1585處,回應於漫遊建議,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以檢視個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址,或者可以經由ARP獲得個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊建議,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料從乙太網路切換到UDP。 At 1565, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamAP ). At 1570, in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send an indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a that the link quality has dropped below the second threshold ( LQ roamAP ). In response, at 1575, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a roaming recommendation to the personal audio device 210-c. At 1580, in response to the roaming recommendation, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can increase the audio delay. At 1585, in response to the roaming recommendation, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can check the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c, or can obtain the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c via ARP. In some examples, in response to the roaming recommendation, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the audio data from Ethernet to UDP.

在一些實例中,在1590處,回應於漫遊建議,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以解除關聯/斷開P2P無線通訊鏈路(圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)。In some examples, at 1590, in response to the roaming recommendation, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device may disassociate/disconnect the P2P wireless communication link (P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13).

在1595處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖13的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。At 1595, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via AP 102-b (via wireless communication link 106-a and wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 13). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet.

圖16圖示在XPAN場景1600中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP的關聯程序。XPAN場景1600包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。由於XPAN場景1600中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,XPAN場景1600中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。另外,由於個人無線通訊設備204-a建立用於個人音訊設備210-c的AP連接,因此可以在個人音訊設備210-c處執行更少的處理,這可以減少時延,因為個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有比個人音訊設備210-c更多的處理功率及/或可以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。16 illustrates an example of a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario 1600, where a personal wireless communication device 204-a performs an association procedure with an AP for a personal audio device 210-c. The XPAN scenario 1600 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. Because the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1600 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1600 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection. Additionally, because the personal wireless communication device 204-a establishes an AP connection for the personal audio device 210-c, less processing may be performed at the personal audio device 210-c, which may reduce latency because the personal wireless communication device 204-a may have more processing power than the personal audio device 210-c and/or may reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c.

在1605處,個人無線通訊設備204-a經由通訊鏈路106-b與AP 102-b進行對如下的通訊:用於中繼到個人音訊設備210-c上或從個人音訊設備210-c中繼的音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)以及專用於個人無線通訊設備204-a的其他資料(示出為HS傳輸量)。在1605處,個人無線通訊設備204-a經由直接P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b進行對音訊資料(示出為EB傳輸量)的通訊。個人無線通訊設備204-a使用個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址和個人音訊設備210-c的能力(或用於兩個耳塞式耳機的兩個MAC位址)來偽造或模仿與AP 102-b的關聯。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以模仿個人音訊設備210-c的TA/RA位址。個人無線通訊設備204-a與個人音訊設備210-c共享IP位址。At 1605, the personal wireless communication device 204-a communicates with the AP 102-b via the communication link 106-b for the following: audio data (shown as EB traffic) for relaying to or from the personal audio device 210-c and other data dedicated to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (shown as HS traffic). At 1605, the personal wireless communication device 204-a communicates the audio data (shown as EB traffic) via the direct P2P wireless communication link 106-b. The personal wireless communication device 204-a uses the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c and the capabilities of the personal audio device 210-c (or two MAC addresses for two earbuds) to forge or emulate an association with the AP 102-b. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can emulate the TA/RA address of the personal audio device 210-c. The personal wireless communication device 204-a shares an IP address with the personal audio device 210-c.

在1610處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以監聽目的地為個人無線通訊設備204-a的MAC位址或個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址的封包。個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質,並且經由供應商特定動作訊框定期地與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享鏈路品質資訊。個人音訊設備210-c可以在1610處具有雙連接(經由P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b,以及經由個人無線通訊設備204-a使用個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址來偽造與AP 102-c的關聯所建立的無線通訊鏈路106-c)。個人無線通訊設備204-a亦可以經由上行鏈路傳輸來監測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質。若個人無線通訊設備204-a決定P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ AssocAP )以下,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊指示。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行通道掃瞄(或使用最近的通道掃瞄結果)並且與個人音訊設備210-c共享通道掃瞄結果。在一些情況中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以共享相關聯的AP(AP 102-b)的BSSID、AP 102-b的通道和AP 102-b的能力。個人音訊設備210-c可以針對P2P連接相對於個人音訊設備210-c附近的AP,來計算效用函數。 At 1610, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can monitor packets destined for the MAC address of the personal wireless communication device 204-a or the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c. The personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b and periodically share the link quality information with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the vendor specific action frame. The personal audio device 210-c may have dual connections at 1610 (via the P2P wireless communication link 106-b, and via the wireless communication link 106-c established by the personal wireless communication device 204-a using the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c to forge an association with the AP 102-c). The personal wireless communication device 204-a may also monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b via uplink transmissions. If the personal wireless communication device 204-a determines that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below the first threshold ( LQ AssocAP ), the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send a roaming instruction to the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform a channel scan (or use the most recent channel scan result) and share the channel scan result with the personal audio device 210-c. In some cases, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can share the BSSID of the associated AP (AP 102-b), the channel of AP 102-b, and the capabilities of AP 102-b. The personal audio device 210 - c may calculate a utility function for the P2P connection relative to the APs near the personal audio device 210 - c.

若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示。回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延以處置跨網路的時延。 If the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b drops below a second threshold ( LQroamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio delay to handle the delay across the network.

在1615處,個人無線通訊設備204-a將音訊資料從乙太網路切換到UDP,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a經由AP 102-b(經由無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)將音訊資料轉發到個人音訊設備210-c。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以解除關聯/斷開P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a可以使用個人音訊設備210-c的IP和MAC位址經由AP 102-b將資料轉發到個人音訊設備210-c。At 1615, the personal wireless communication device 204-a switches the audio data from Ethernet to UDP, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a forwards the audio data to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c). In some examples, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can disassociate/disconnect the P2P wireless communication link 106-b, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can forward the data to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b using the IP and MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c.

圖17圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流1700的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP的關聯程序。程序流1700包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流1700的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流1700中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流1700中。由於程序流1700中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流1700中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。另外,由於個人無線通訊設備204-a建立用於個人音訊設備210-c的AP連接,因此可以在個人音訊設備210-c處執行更少的處理,這可以減少時延,因為個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有比個人音訊設備210-c更多的處理功率及/或可以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。FIG17 illustrates an example of a program flow 1700 for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device 204-a performs an association procedure with the AP for the personal audio device 210-c. The program flow 1700 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. In the following description of the program flow 1700, the operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example order shown, or the operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 1700, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 1700. Because the transition shown in program flow 1700 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in program flow 1700 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection. Additionally, because the personal wireless communication device 204-a establishes an AP connection for the personal audio device 210-c, less processing may be performed at the personal audio device 210-c, which may reduce latency because the personal wireless communication device 204-a may have more processing power than the personal audio device 210-c and/or may reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c.

在1705處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。At 1705, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via a P2P wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13).

在1710處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP 102-b的認證/關聯程序。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以為個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b交換安全金鑰。在1715處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以共享在1710處的認證/關聯程序期間接收的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址。At 1710, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform an authentication/association procedure with the AP 102-b for the personal audio device 210-c. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can exchange security keys with the AP 102-b for the personal audio device 210-c. At 1715, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can share the IP address for the personal audio device 210-c received during the authentication/association procedure at 1710.

在1720處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質。在1725處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 1720, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link. At 1725, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold LQ AssocAP .

在1730處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質統計的指示。在1740處,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。在1745處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送RSSI量測。At 1730, the personal audio device 210-c may send an indication of link quality statistics of the P2P wireless communication link to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 1740, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. At 1745, the personal audio device 210-c may send the RSSI measurement to the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

在1746處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用(基於如本文所述效用函數)。在1750處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以切換BT控制路徑以經由TCP與個人音訊設備210-c進行通訊。在1755處,回應於決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用,個人無線通訊設備204-a向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊指示。At 1746, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may determine that the connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than the P2P wireless communication link (based on the utility function as described herein). At 1750, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may switch the BT control path to communicate with the personal audio device 210-c via TCP. At 1755, in response to determining that the connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than the P2P wireless communication link, the personal wireless communication device 204-a sends a roaming indication to the personal audio device 210-c.

在1760處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延。在1765處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以檢視個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址,或者可以經由ARP獲得個人音訊設備210-c的MAC位址。在一些實例中,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料從乙太網路切換到UDP。At 1760, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can increase the audio delay. At 1765, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can check the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c, or can obtain the MAC address of the personal audio device 210-c via ARP. In some examples, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the audio data from Ethernet to UDP.

在一些實例中,在1770處,回應於漫遊指示,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以解除關聯/斷開P2P無線通訊鏈路(圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)。In some examples, at 1770, in response to the roaming indication, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device may disassociate/disconnect the P2P wireless communication link (P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13).

在1775處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖16的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。At 1775, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via AP 102-b (via wireless communication link 106-a and wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 16). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet.

圖18圖示在XPAN場景1800中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的實例。XPAN場景1800包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。由於XPAN場景1800中所示的轉換在斷開個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接,因此與其中在斷開個人音訊設備-AP連接之前未建立P2P連接的從個人音訊設備-AP連接到P2P連接的轉換相比,XPAN場景1800中所示的轉換可減少時延和封包丟失。18 illustrates an example of transitioning between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario 1800. The XPAN scenario 1800 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. Because the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1800 establishes a P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b, the transition shown in the XPAN scenario 1800 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a personal audio device-AP connection to a P2P connection in which the P2P connection is not established before disconnecting the personal audio device-AP connection.

當個人音訊設備210-c連接到AP 102-b並且鏈路品質隨著使用者遠離服務AP 102-b而降低時,可能出現兩種潛在場景。在圖5和20所示的第一場景中,個人音訊設備210-c可以移動到當前AP 102-b/個人無線通訊設備204-a的同一網路內的另一AP 102的覆蓋中。例如,另一AP 102可以是家庭網狀網路中的另一網狀節點或範圍擴展器、或同一ESS中的另一BSS。在圖4和18所示的第二場景中,使用者可以移動回到個人無線通訊設備204-a的覆蓋內。一種解決方案可以是:當個人音訊設備210-c移動回到個人無線通訊設備204-a的覆蓋中,並且兩者皆在服務AP 102-b的合理範圍內時,個人音訊設備210-c可以保持連接到服務AP 102-b,但是與直接連接到個人無線通訊設備204-a相比,這樣做可能導致更高的功耗。第二種解決方案可以是切換回到與個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P無線通訊鏈路。When a personal audio device 210-c is connected to an AP 102-b and the link quality degrades as the user moves away from the serving AP 102-b, two potential scenarios may occur. In the first scenario, shown in FIGS. 5 and 20 , the personal audio device 210-c may move into the coverage of another AP 102 within the same network of the current AP 102-b/personal wireless communication device 204-a. For example, the other AP 102 may be another mesh node or range extender in a home mesh network, or another BSS in the same ESS. In the second scenario, shown in FIGS. 4 and 18 , the user may move back into the coverage of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. One solution may be that when the personal audio device 210-c moves back into the coverage of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and both are within reasonable range of the service AP 102-b, the personal audio device 210-c may remain connected to the service AP 102-b, but doing so may result in higher power consumption than directly connecting to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. A second solution may be to switch back to a direct P2P wireless communication link with the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

在一些實例中,例如,如圖13和圖16所示,一旦個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接覆蓋之外,個人無線通訊設備204-a就可以終止用於與個人音訊設備210-c的XPAN P2P無線通訊鏈路的軟AP(SAP)鏈路,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a可以停止在該通道上的信標發送。在一些實例中,個人音訊設備210-c可以直接在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍之外開始到AP 102-b的連接(諸如經由從遠處經由語音輔助命令發起撥叫)。In some examples, for example, as shown in Figures 13 and 16, once the personal audio device 210-c is out of direct coverage of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can terminate the soft AP (SAP) link for the XPAN P2P wireless communication link with the personal audio device 210-c, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a can stop beaconing on the channel. In some examples, the personal audio device 210-c can directly initiate a connection to the AP 102-b outside the range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a (such as by initiating a call from a remote location via a voice-assisted command).

為了在個人音訊設備210-c處從個人無線通訊設備204-a獲得RSSI,在一些實例中,若與個人無線通訊設備204-a建立了先前的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以在用於個人音訊設備210-c的XPAN通信期的持續時間內在相同通道上維持SAP鏈路以用於DTIM信標發送。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以減少DTIM信標發送的週期以節省功率/併發時間。在一些實例中,若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質超過鏈路品質閾值(諸如基於DTIM信標發送),則個人音訊設備210-c可以切換到個人無線通訊設備204-a正在其上發送DTIM信標的通道(先前的SAP通道)。在一些實例中,若與AP 102-b的無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質下降到鏈路品質閾值以下,則若P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的鏈路品質超過鏈路品質閾值(諸如基於DTIM信標發送),則個人音訊設備210-c可以切換到個人無線通訊設備204-a正在其上發送DTIM信標的通道(先前的SAP通道)。To obtain RSSI from the personal wireless communication device 204-a at the personal audio device 210-c, in some examples, if a previous P2P wireless communication link 106-b was established with the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can maintain a SAP link on the same channel for DTIM beacon transmissions for the duration of the XPAN communication period for the personal audio device 210-c. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can reduce the period of DTIM beacon transmissions to save power/concurrency time. In some examples, if the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b exceeds a link quality threshold (e.g., based on DTIM beacon transmission), the personal audio device 210-c can switch to the channel on which the personal wireless communication device 204-a is sending the DTIM beacon (the previous SAP channel). In some examples, if the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c with the AP 102-b drops below a link quality threshold, the personal audio device 210-c can switch to the channel on which the personal wireless communication device 204-a is sending a DTIM beacon (the previous SAP channel) if the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b exceeds the link quality threshold (e.g., based on DTIM beacon transmission).

在一些實例中,為了在個人音訊設備210-c處從個人無線通訊設備204-a獲得RSSI,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送關於與AP 102-b的無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質已經下降到閾值以下並且個人音訊設備210-c正在評估到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接連接的指示。在一些實例中,該指示可以使用上行鏈路供應商特定動作訊框經由AP 102-b、TCP控制鏈路、或在即時傳輸協定(RTP)標頭中向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b經由Wi-Fi向個人音訊設備210-c傳送針對信標的排程資訊,諸如個人無線通訊設備204-a意欲在其上發送信標(若SAP鏈路被終止)的特定通道,以及將發送信標的時間/週期、及/或下一信標的TBTT。個人音訊設備210-c可以監聽所指示的通道上的信標以量測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的當前RSSI。替代地,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c指示特定通道和監聽排程,並且個人音訊設備210-c可以在該通道上發送探測請求。回應於探測請求,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送探測回應。In some examples, in order to obtain the RSSI from the personal wireless communication device 204-a at the personal audio device 210-c, the personal audio device 210-c can send an indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b that the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c with the AP 102-b has dropped below a threshold and the personal audio device 210-c is evaluating a direct connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In some examples, the indication can be sent to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b, the TCP control link, or in a real-time transport protocol (RTP) header using an uplink provider specific action frame. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can transmit scheduling information for beacons to the personal audio device 210-c via Wi-Fi via AP 102-b, such as the specific channel on which the personal wireless communication device 204-a intends to send beacons (if the SAP link is terminated), the time/period at which the beacon will be sent, and/or the TBTT of the next beacon. The personal audio device 210-c can monitor the beacons on the indicated channel to measure the current RSSI of the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. Alternatively, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can indicate a specific channel and a monitoring schedule to the personal audio device 210-c, and the personal audio device 210-c can send a probe request on the channel. In response to the probe request, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a probe response to the personal audio device 210-c.

在一些實例中,為了在個人音訊設備210-c處從個人無線通訊設備204-a獲得RSSI,個人音訊設備210-c可以檢查個人音訊設備210-c是否在個人無線通訊設備204-a的BT覆蓋中,並且若是,則個人音訊設備210-c可以經由BT發送專有指示,以指示個人音訊設備210-c漫遊回P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的意圖。個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由BT向個人音訊設備210-c傳送關於個人無線通訊設備204-a意欲在其上發送信標(若SAP鏈路被終止)的特定通道的指示以及將發送信標的時間/週期。個人音訊設備210-c可以監聽所指示的通道上的信標以量測P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的當前RSSI。In some examples, in order to obtain RSSI from the personal wireless communication device 204-a at the personal audio device 210-c, the personal audio device 210-c can check whether the personal audio device 210-c is in BT coverage of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and if so, the personal audio device 210-c can send a dedicated indication via BT to indicate the personal audio device 210-c's intention to roam back to the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. The personal wireless communication device 204-a can send an indication to the personal audio device 210-c via BT regarding the specific channel on which the personal wireless communication device 204-a intends to send beacons (if the SAP link is terminated) and the time/period at which the beacons will be sent. The personal audio device 210 - c may monitor the beacon on the indicated channel to measure the current RSSI of the P2P wireless communication link 106 - b .

如圖18所示,在1805處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路106-c以及在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的無線通訊鏈路106-a)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。個人音訊設備210-c可以監測無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質。若無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b經由Wi-Fi向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示,或若個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的BT範圍內,則經由BT向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示。個人音訊設備210-c可以在SAP通道上量測來自個人無線通訊設備204-a的信標或探測回應的RSSI。個人音訊設備210-c可以基於相對於無線通訊鏈路106-c的信標或探測回應的RSSI,來計算用於直接P2P無線連接的效用函數。 18, at 1805, the personal audio device 210-c can communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-c between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b and the wireless communication link 106-a between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a). The personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c. If the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c drops below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via Wi-Fi via AP 102-b, or send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via BT if the personal audio device 210-c is within the BT range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the beacon or probe response from the personal wireless communication device 204-a on the SAP channel. The personal audio device 210-c may calculate a utility function for the direct P2P wireless connection based on the RSSI of the beacon or probe response relative to the wireless communication link 106-c.

在1810處,若漫遊到P2P無線連接提供更好的效用函數,則個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a執行關聯/認證程序以建立P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b。在1810處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b連接到個人無線通訊設備204-a並且經由無線通訊鏈路106-c連接到AP 102-b。若無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質降低到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b解除認證/解除關聯。因此,在1815處,個人音訊設備210-c具有單個連接,即P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b,並且個人無線通訊設備204-a在SAP鏈路(P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)上將資料直接轉發到個人音訊設備210-c。 At 1810, if roaming to a P2P wireless connection provides a better utility function, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an association/authentication procedure with the personal wireless communication device 204-a to establish the P2P wireless communication link 106-b. At 1810, the personal audio device 210-c may connect to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the P2P wireless communication link 106-b and to the AP 102-b via the wireless communication link 106-c. If the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c degrades below a second threshold ( LQroamHS ), the personal audio device 210-c may deauthenticate/disassociate with the AP 102-b. Thus, at 1815, the personal audio device 210-c has a single connection, namely the P2P wireless communication link 106-b, and the personal wireless communication device 204-a forwards data directly to the personal audio device 210-c over the SAP link (P2P wireless communication link 106-b).

圖19圖示在XPAN場景1900中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。程序流1900包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流1900的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流1900中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流1900中。由於程序流1900中所示的轉換在斷開個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接,因此與其中在斷開個人音訊設備-AP連接之前未建立P2P連接的從個人音訊設備-AP連接到P2P連接的轉換相比,程序流1900中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG. 19 illustrates an example of a program flow for switching between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario 1900. The program flow 1900 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. 3. In the following description of the program flow 1900, operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example sequence shown, or operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 1900, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 1900. Because the transition shown in program flow 1900 establishes a P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b, the transition shown in program flow 1900 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a personal audio device-AP connection to a P2P connection in which a P2P connection is not established before disconnecting the personal audio device-AP connection.

在1905處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖18的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。在1910處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路(圖18的無線通訊鏈路106-c)的鏈路品質。在1915處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下。 At 1905, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 18). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet. At 1910, the personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the wireless communication link (the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 18) between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b. At 1915, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b has dropped below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ).

回應於在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下,在1920處,若個人無線通訊設備204-a已停止SAP鏈路上的信標,則個人音訊設備210-c向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對信標發送或發送探測請求的請求(經由Wi-Fi經由AP 102-b,或經由BT)。在1925處,個人音訊設備210-c量測由個人無線通訊設備204-a在SAP鏈路上發送的信標或探測回應的RSSI。在1930處,個人音訊設備210-c決定到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P連接提供比經由個人音訊設備210-c和AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路經由AP 102-b的連接更高的效用。在存在兩個個人音訊設備(諸如兩個耳塞式耳機)的場景中,主個人音訊設備210-c可以共享對如下的決定:到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P連接提供比經由個人音訊設備210-c和AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路經由AP 102-b的連接更高的效用。 In response to the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link falling below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ), at 1920, if the personal wireless communication device 204-a has stopped beaconing on the SAP link, the personal audio device 210-c sends a request for beacon transmission or a probe request to the personal wireless communication device 204-a (via Wi-Fi via AP 102-b, or via BT). At 1925, the personal audio device 210-c measures the RSSI of the beacon or probe response sent by the personal wireless communication device 204-a on the SAP link. At 1930, the personal audio device 210-c determines that a direct P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a provides a higher utility than a connection via the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b via the AP 102-b. In a scenario where there are two personal audio devices (such as two earbuds), the primary personal audio device 210-c may share the determination that a direct P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a provides a higher utility than a connection via the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b via the AP 102-b.

回應於1930處的決定,在1935處,個人音訊設備210-c執行與個人無線通訊設備204-a的關聯程序。在1940處,個人無線通訊設備204-a將BT控制路徑切換到低能量(LE)非同步連線導向的邏輯傳輸(ACL)。In response to the decision at 1930, the personal audio device 210-c performs an association procedure with the personal wireless communication device 204-a at 1935. At 1940, the personal wireless communication device 204-a switches the BT control path to a low energy (LE) asynchronous link-directed logical transport (ACL).

在1945處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下。回應於在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下,在1950處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b解除關聯/解除認證。 At 1945, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link has dropped below a second threshold ( LQroamHS ). In response to the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link dropping below the second threshold ( LQroamHS ), at 1950, the personal audio device 210-c may disassociate/deauthenticate from the AP 102-b.

在1955處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料切換到原始乙太網路封包。在1960處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由P2P無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖18的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。At 1955, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can switch the audio data to the original Ethernet packet. At 1960, the personal audio device 210-c can communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the P2P wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of Figure 18).

圖20圖示在XPAN場景2000中的在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的實例。XPAN場景2000包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。XPAN場景2000亦包括AP 102-c,其可以是如本文描述的AP 102的實例。由於XPAN場景2000中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與第二AP 102-c之間的連接,因此與其中直到斷開到當前AP的連接才進行到新AP的連接的在AP之間的轉換相比,XPAN場景2000中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG20 illustrates an example of a transition between a personal audio device-first AP connection and a personal audio device-second AP connection in an XPAN scenario 2000. The XPAN scenario 2000 includes the AP 102-b, personal wireless communication device 204-a, and personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. The XPAN scenario 2000 also includes the AP 102-c, which may be an example of the AP 102 as described herein. Because the transition shown in XPAN scenario 2000 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the second AP 102-c before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b, the transition shown in XPAN scenario 2000 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition between APs in which a connection to a new AP is not made until the connection to the current AP is disconnected.

在2005處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路106-c以及在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的無線通訊鏈路106-a)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。個人音訊設備210-c可以監測無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質。若無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b經由Wi-Fi向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示,或若個人音訊設備210-c在個人無線通訊設備204-a的BT範圍內,則經由BT向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示。個人音訊設備210-c可以在SAP通道上量測來自個人無線通訊設備204-a的信標或探測回應的RSSI。個人音訊設備210-c可以基於相對於無線通訊鏈路106-c的信標或探測回應的RSSI,來計算用於直接P2P無線連接的效用函數。 At 2005, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-c between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b and the wireless communication link 106-a between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a). The personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c. If the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c drops below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via Wi-Fi via AP 102-b, or send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via BT if the personal audio device 210-c is within the BT range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the beacon or probe response from the personal wireless communication device 204-a on the SAP channel. The personal audio device 210-c may calculate a utility function for the direct P2P wireless connection based on the RSSI of the beacon or probe response relative to the wireless communication link 106-c.

若漫遊到P2P無線連接不提供更好的效用函數,則個人音訊設備210-c可以開始掃瞄其他AP。在一些情況中,個人音訊設備210-c可以將掃瞄限制到一通道集合以控制個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。該通道集合可以從個人音訊設備210-c的先前的最近掃瞄獲得,或者可以定期地從個人無線通訊設備204-a傳送(注意,個人無線通訊設備204-a處的通道掃瞄結果可以不同於個人音訊設備210-c處的通道掃瞄結果)。若漫遊到另一AP 102-c提供比無線通訊鏈路106-c更好的效用函數,則個人音訊設備210-c執行與另一AP 102-c的關聯/認證程序。If roaming to a P2P wireless connection does not provide a better utility function, the personal audio device 210-c can start scanning other APs. In some cases, the personal audio device 210-c can limit the scan to a set of channels to control power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c. The channel set can be obtained from the previous most recent scan of the personal audio device 210-c, or can be periodically transmitted from the personal wireless communication device 204-a (note that the channel scan results at the personal wireless communication device 204-a can be different from the channel scan results at the personal audio device 210-c). If roaming to another AP 102-c provides a better utility function than the wireless communication link 106-c, the personal audio device 210-c performs an association/authentication process with the other AP 102-c.

因此,在2010處,個人音訊設備210-c從AP 102-c接收IP位址並建立與AP 102-c的無線通訊鏈路106-d。個人音訊設備210-c經由AP 102-b(經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路106-c以及在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的無線通訊鏈路106-a)與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享針對無線通訊鏈路106-d的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址。例如,可以經由供應商特定動作訊框來共享IP位址。在2010處,個人音訊設備210-c經由無線通訊鏈路106-d連接到AP 102-c,並且經由無線通訊鏈路106-c連接到AP 102-b。若無線通訊鏈路106-c的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下,則個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路106-c以及在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的無線通訊鏈路106-a)向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊指示,並且可以與AP 102-b解除認證/解除關聯。 Thus, at 2010, the personal audio device 210-c receives the IP address from the AP 102-c and establishes the wireless communication link 106-d with the AP 102-c. The personal audio device 210-c shares the IP address for the personal audio device 210-c for the wireless communication link 106-d with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-c between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b and the wireless communication link 106-a between the AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a). For example, the IP address may be shared via a vendor specific action message frame. At 2010, personal audio device 210-c is connected to AP 102-c via wireless communication link 106-d and to AP 102-b via wireless communication link 106-c. If the link quality of the wireless communication link 106-c drops below the second threshold ( LQroamHS ), the personal audio device 210-c can send a roaming indication to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-c between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b and the wireless communication link 106-a between AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a), and can deauthenticate/disassociate with AP 102-b.

因此,在2015處,個人音訊設備210-c可以具有單個連接(與AP 102-c的無線通訊鏈路106-d),並且個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-c(經由無線通訊鏈路106-d、在AP 102-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路以及無線通訊鏈路106-a)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。例如,網路可以經由多跳將封包從個人無線通訊設備204-a路由到個人音訊設備210-c。在一些實例中,可以將優先權給予漫遊到個人無線通訊設備204-a,以避免與多跳相關聯的增加的時延以及由P2P XPAN鏈路的TWT啟用的節能。在一些實例中,可以將相同的優先權給予漫遊到個人無線通訊設備204-a或另一AP 102。Thus, at 2015, the personal audio device 210-c may have a single connection (wireless communication link 106-d with AP 102-c), and the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via AP 102-c (via wireless communication link 106-d, the wireless communication link between AP 102-c and AP 102-b, and wireless communication link 106-a). For example, the network may route packets from the personal wireless communication device 204-a to the personal audio device 210-c via multiple hops. In some examples, priority may be given to roaming to a personal wireless communication device 204-a to avoid the increased latency associated with multiple hops and the energy savings enabled by TWT of a P2P XPAN link. In some examples, the same priority may be given to roaming to a personal wireless communication device 204-a or another AP 102.

圖21圖示在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的程序流2100的實例。程序流2100包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。程序流2100亦可以包括AP 102-c,其可以是本文所述AP 102的實例。在程序流2100的以下描述中,AP 102-b、AP 102-c、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、AP 12-c、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流2100中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流2100中。由於程序流2100中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與第二AP 102-c之間的連接,因此與其中直到斷開到當前AP的連接才進行到新AP的連接的在AP之間的轉換相比,程序流2100中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG21 illustrates an example of a process flow 2100 for transitioning between a personal audio device-first AP connection and a personal audio device-second AP connection. The process flow 2100 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. The process flow 2100 may also include the AP 102-c, which may be an example of the AP 102 described herein. In the following description of the program flow 2100, the operations between AP 102-b, AP 102-c, personal wireless communication device 204-a and personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the order of the example shown, or the operations performed by AP 102-b, AP 102-c, personal wireless communication device 204-a and personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 2100, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 2100. Because the transition shown in program flow 2100 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the second AP 102-c before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b, the transition shown in program flow 2100 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition between APs in which a connection to a new AP is not made until the connection to the current AP is disconnected.

在2105處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖20的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。在2110處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路(圖20的無線通訊鏈路106-c)的鏈路品質。在2115處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下。 At 2105, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 20). For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet. At 2110, the personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the wireless communication link (the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 20) between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b. At 2115, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b has dropped below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ).

在2120處,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。在2125處,個人音訊設備210-c可以對通道集合(針對包括AP 102-c在內的AP集合)執行漫遊掃瞄。例如,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測針對該通道集合的相應RSSI。在2130處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定到AP 102-c的連接提供比到AP 102-b的連接更高的效用函數。在存在兩個個人音訊設備(諸如兩個耳塞式耳機)的場景中,主個人音訊設備210-c可以共享對如下的決定:到AP 102-c的連接提供比到AP 102-b的連接更高的效用函數。At 2120, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. At 2125, the personal audio device 210-c may perform a roaming scan on a set of channels (for a set of APs including the AP 102-c). For example, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the corresponding RSSI for the set of channels. At 2130, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that a connection to the AP 102-c provides a higher utility function than a connection to the AP 102-b. In a scenario where two personal audio devices (eg, two earbuds) are present, the primary personal audio device 210-c may share a determination that a connection to the AP 102-c provides a higher utility function than a connection to the AP 102-b.

在2135處,回應於2130處的決定,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-c的認證/關聯程序。因此,個人音訊設備210-c從AP 102-c接收IP位址並建立與AP 102-c的無線通訊鏈路。在2140處,個人音訊設備210-c經由AP 102-b(經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路以及在AP 102-b與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的無線通訊鏈路)與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享針對在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-c之間的無線通訊鏈路的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址。At 2135, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an authentication/association process with the AP 102-c in response to the determination at 2130. Accordingly, the personal audio device 210-c receives an IP address from the AP 102-c and establishes a wireless communication link with the AP 102-c. At 2140, the personal audio device 210-c shares the IP address for the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-c with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b and the wireless communication link between AP 102-b and the personal wireless communication device 204-a).

在2145處,個人無線通訊設備204-a將BT控制路徑切換到LE ACL。在2150處,個人音訊設備210-c決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下。回應於在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下,在2155處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b解除關聯/解除認證。 At 2145, the personal wireless communication device 204-a switches the BT control path to the LE ACL. At 2150, the personal audio device 210-c determines that the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamHS ). In response to the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamHS ), at 2155, the personal audio device 210-c may be disassociated/deauthenticated from the AP 102-b.

因此,在2160處,個人音訊設備210-c可以具有單個連接(與AP 102-c的無線通訊鏈路),並且個人音訊設備210-c可以經由多跳經由AP 102-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。Thus, at 2160, the personal audio device 210-c may have a single connection (a wireless communication link with the AP 102-c), and the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-c over multiple hops.

圖22圖示根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的設備2205的方塊圖2200。設備2205可以是如本文描述的STA(諸如如本文描述的個人無線通訊設備204或個人音訊設備210)的各態樣的實例。設備2205可以包括接收器2210、發射器2215以及通訊管理器2220。設備2205亦可以包括處理器。這些部件之每一者部件可以相互通訊(例如,經由一或多個匯流排)。FIG. 22 illustrates a block diagram 2200 of a device 2205 supporting flawless switching for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 2205 can be an example of various aspects of a STA as described herein (such as a personal wireless communication device 204 or a personal audio device 210 as described herein). The device 2205 can include a receiver 2210, a transmitter 2215, and a communication manager 2220. The device 2205 can also include a processor. Each of these components can communicate with each other (e.g., via one or more buses).

接收器2210可以提供用於接收與各種資訊通道(諸如,與用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換有關的控制通道、資料通道、資訊通道)相關聯的資訊(諸如封包、使用者資料、控制資訊或其任何組合)的單元。可以將資訊傳送到設備2205的其他部件。接收器2210可以利用單個天線,或者多個天線的集合。Receiver 2210 may provide a means for receiving information (e.g., packets, user data, control information, or any combination thereof) associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels associated with flawless switching for XPAN coverage). The information may be transmitted to other components of device 2205. Receiver 2210 may utilize a single antenna, or a collection of multiple antennas.

發射器2215可以提供用於發送由設備2205的其他部件所產生的訊號的單元。例如,發射器2215可以發送與各種資訊通道(諸如,與用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換有關的控制通道、資料通道、資訊通道)相關聯的資訊(諸如封包、使用者資料、控制資訊或其任何組合)。在一些實例中,發射器2215可以與接收器2210並置在收發機模組中。發射器2215可以利用單個天線或者多個天線的集合。The transmitter 2215 may provide a means for transmitting signals generated by other components of the device 2205. For example, the transmitter 2215 may transmit information (e.g., packets, user data, control information, or any combination thereof) associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels related to flawless switching for XPAN coverage). In some examples, the transmitter 2215 may be co-located with the receiver 2210 in a transceiver module. The transmitter 2215 may utilize a single antenna or a collection of multiple antennas.

通訊管理器2220、接收器2210、發射器2215或其各種組合或其各種部件可以是用於執行如本文所述的用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的各個態樣的單元的實例。例如,通訊管理器2220、接收器2210、發射器2215或其各種組合或部件可以支援用於執行本文描述的功能中的一或多個功能的方法。The communication manager 2220, the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or various combinations thereof, or various components thereof, may be instances of units for performing various aspects of flawless conversion for XPAN coverage as described herein. For example, the communication manager 2220, the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or various combinations or components thereof, may support methods for performing one or more of the functions described herein.

在一些實例中,通訊管理器2220、接收器2210、發射器2215或其各種組合或部件可以是在硬體中(諸如,在通訊管理電路中)實現的。硬體可以包括被配置為或以其他方式支援用於執行在本案內容中描述的功能的單元的處理器、DSP、CPU、ASIC、FPGA或其他可程式設計邏輯裝置、微控制器、個別閘門或電晶體邏輯、個別硬體部件或其任何組合。在一些實例中,處理器和與處理器耦合的記憶體可以被配置為執行本文描述的功能中的一或多個功能(諸如,經由由處理器執行儲存在記憶體中的指令)。In some examples, the communication manager 2220, the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in hardware (e.g., in a communication management circuit). The hardware may include a processor, DSP, CPU, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, microcontroller, individual gate or transistor logic, individual hardware components, or any combination thereof that is configured as or otherwise supports a unit for performing the functions described in the present case. In some examples, the processor and a memory coupled to the processor may be configured to perform one or more of the functions described herein (e.g., via execution of instructions stored in the memory by the processor).

另外或替代地,在一些實例中,通訊管理器2220、接收器2210、發射器2215或其各種組合或部件可以用由處理器執行的代碼(諸如,作為通訊管理軟體或韌體)來實現。若在由處理器執行的代碼中實現,則通訊管理器2220、接收器2210、發射器2215或其各種組合或部件的功能可以由通用處理器、DSP、CPU、ASIC、FPGA、微控制器或這些或其他可程式設計邏輯裝置的任何組合(諸如,被配置為或以其他方式支援用於執行在本案內容中描述的功能的單元)來執行。Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the communication manager 2220, the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or various combinations or components thereof may be implemented in code executed by a processor (e.g., as communication management software or firmware). If implemented in code executed by a processor, the functions of the communication manager 2220, the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or various combinations or components thereof may be performed by a general purpose processor, DSP, CPU, ASIC, FPGA, microcontroller, or any combination of these or other programmable logic devices (e.g., a unit configured or otherwise supported for performing the functions described in the present case).

在一些實例中,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為使用接收器2210、發射器2215或兩者或者以其他方式與接收器2210、發射器2215或兩者協調來執行各種操作(諸如,接收、獲得、監測、輸出、發送)。例如,通訊管理器2220可以從接收器2210接收資訊,向發射器2215發送資訊,或者與接收器2210、發射器2215或兩者組合地整合以獲得資訊、輸出資訊或者執行如本文描述的各種其他操作。In some examples, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to perform various operations (e.g., receive, obtain, monitor, output, send) using or otherwise coordinating with the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or both. For example, the communication manager 2220 can receive information from the receiver 2210, send information to the transmitter 2215, or integrate with the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, or both in combination to obtain information, output information, or perform various other operations as described herein.

通訊管理器2220可以根據如本文中所揭示的實例支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。The communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device according to examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送IP位址。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, using the MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: sending an IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving a beacon or a probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP and via a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, the first link quality being detected using a beacon or a probe response. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to the association procedure, sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise supported for: communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for sending beacons or probe responses on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and the AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold. The communication manager 2220 may be configured as or otherwise support means for communicating data with the first wireless communication device over a P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對解除關聯訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to an example as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 may support wireless communication at a first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 may be configured to or otherwise support means for: in communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP with a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing an association procedure with a second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending an indication of an IP address to a second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to an association procedure. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to sending the IP address. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to sending the disassociation message.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2220可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由第一存取點以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一存取點之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一網際網路協定位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二存取點之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的第二網際網路協定位址的指示,對第二網際協定位址的指示是經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示。通訊管理器2220可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用第二網際協定位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2220 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2220 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first access point and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first access point and using a first internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second access point, the indication of the second internet protocol address being received via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The communication manager 2220 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using a second Internet protocol address in response to the roaming indication.

經由包括或配置根據如本文中描述的實例的通訊管理器2220,設備2205(諸如,用於控制或以其他方式耦合到接收器2210、發射器2215、通訊管理器2220或其組合的處理器)可以支援用於降低功耗以及更高效地利用通訊資源的技術。By including or configuring a communication manager 2220 according to examples as described herein, the device 2205 (e.g., a processor for controlling or otherwise coupling to the receiver 2210, the transmitter 2215, the communication manager 2220, or a combination thereof) can support techniques for reducing power consumption and more efficiently utilizing communication resources.

圖23圖示根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的設備2305的方塊圖2300。設備2305可以是如本文描述的設備2205或STA 104(諸如,如本文描述的個人無線通訊設備204或個人音訊設備210)的各態樣的實例。設備2305可以包括接收器2310、發射器2315以及通訊管理器2320。設備2305亦可以包括處理器。這些部件之每一者部件可以相互通訊(例如,經由一或多個匯流排)。FIG. 23 illustrates a block diagram 2300 of a device 2305 supporting flawless switching for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 2305 can be an instance of various aspects of the device 2205 or STA 104 as described herein (e.g., a personal wireless communication device 204 or a personal audio device 210 as described herein). The device 2305 can include a receiver 2310, a transmitter 2315, and a communication manager 2320. The device 2305 can also include a processor. Each of these components can communicate with each other (e.g., via one or more buses).

接收器2310可以提供用於接收與各種資訊通道(諸如,與用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換有關的控制通道、資料通道、資訊通道)相關聯的資訊(諸如封包、使用者資料、控制資訊或其任何組合)的單元。可以將資訊傳送到設備2305的其他部件。接收器2310可以利用單個天線,或者多個天線的集合。Receiver 2310 may provide a means for receiving information (e.g., packets, user data, control information, or any combination thereof) associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels associated with flawless switching for XPAN coverage). The information may be transmitted to other components of device 2305. Receiver 2310 may utilize a single antenna, or a collection of multiple antennas.

發射器2315可以提供用於發送由設備2305的其他部件所產生的訊號的單元。例如,發射器2315可以發送與各種資訊通道(諸如,與用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換有關的控制通道、資料通道、資訊通道)相關聯的資訊(諸如封包、使用者資料、控制資訊或其任何組合)。在一些實例中,發射器2315可以與接收器2310並置在收發機模組中。發射器2315可以利用單個天線或者多個天線的集合。The transmitter 2315 may provide a means for transmitting signals generated by other components of the device 2305. For example, the transmitter 2315 may transmit information (e.g., packets, user data, control information, or any combination thereof) associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, information channels related to flawless switching for XPAN coverage). In some examples, the transmitter 2315 may be co-located with the receiver 2310 in a transceiver module. The transmitter 2315 may utilize a single antenna or a collection of multiple antennas.

設備2305或其各種部件可以是用於執行如本文描述的用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的各個態樣的單元的實例。例如,通訊管理器2320可以包括IP位址管理器2325、漫遊指示管理器2330、AP鏈路通訊管理器2335、鏈路品質管制器2340、信標/探測管理器2345、HS關聯程序管理器2350、解除關聯管理器2355、P2P鏈路通訊管理器2360、或其任何組合。通訊管理器2320可以是如本文描述的通訊管理器2220的各態樣的實例。在一些實例中,通訊管理器2320或其各種部件可以被配置為使用接收器2310、發射器2315或兩者或者以其他方式與接收器2310、發射器2315或兩者協調來執行各種操作(諸如,接收、監測、發送)。例如,通訊管理器2320可以從接收器2310接收資訊,向發射器2315發送資訊,或者與接收器2310、發射器2315或兩者組合地整合以獲得資訊、輸出資訊或者執行如本文描述的各種其他操作。The device 2305 or its various components may be instances of units for performing various aspects of seamless transition for XPAN coverage as described herein. For example, the communication manager 2320 may include an IP address manager 2325, a roaming indication manager 2330, an AP link communication manager 2335, a link quality policer 2340, a beacon/probe manager 2345, an HS association manager 2350, a disassociation manager 2355, a P2P link communication manager 2360, or any combination thereof. The communication manager 2320 may be an instance of various aspects of the communication manager 2220 as described herein. In some examples, the communication manager 2320 or its various components can be configured to perform various operations (e.g., receiving, monitoring, transmitting) using or otherwise coordinating with the receiver 2310, the transmitter 2315, or both. For example, the communication manager 2320 can receive information from the receiver 2310, send information to the transmitter 2315, or integrate with the receiver 2310, the transmitter 2315, or both in combination to obtain information, output information, or perform various other operations as described herein.

通訊管理器2320可以根據如本文中所揭示的實例支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。漫遊指示管理器2330可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。The communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device according to examples as disclosed herein. The IP address manager 2325 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The roaming indication manager 2330 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。鏈路品質管制器2340可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. The IP address manager 2325 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for receiving, from the first wireless communication device, an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link. The link quality controller 2340 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示。漫遊指示管理器2330可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 may support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. The IP address manager 2325 may be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving, from the second wireless communication device, an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device when communicating with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The roaming indication manager 2330 may be configured to or otherwise support means for communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送IP位址。漫遊指示管理器2330可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 may support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. The IP address manager 2325 may be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, using the MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The IP address manager 2325 may be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: sending an IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The roaming indication manager 2330 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。信標/探測管理器2345可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應。HS關聯程序管理器2350可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的。解除關聯管理器2355可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息。P2P鏈路通訊管理器2360可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. The beacon/probe manager 2345 can be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving a beacon or probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP and via a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device. The HS association procedure manager 2350 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, the first link quality being detected using a beacon or a probe response. The disassociation manager 2355 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to the association procedure, sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link. The P2P link communication manager 2360 may be configured or otherwise supported for: communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。信標/探測管理器2345可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應。鏈路品質管制器2340可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序。P2P鏈路通訊管理器2360可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. The beacon/probe manager 2345 can be configured to or otherwise support means for sending beacons or probe responses on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and the AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The link quality controller 2340 can be configured to or otherwise support means for performing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold. The P2P link communication manager 2360 may be configured as or otherwise support a unit for communicating data with a first wireless communication device over a P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。信標/探測管理器2345可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示。解除關聯管理器2355可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對解除關聯訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. The beacon/probe manager 2345 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP with a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link. The IP address manager 2325 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing an association procedure with the second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link. The IP address manager 2325 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the association procedure, sending an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP. The disassociation manager 2355 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to sending the IP address, sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and a second AP in response to sending a disassociation message.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2320可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2325可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由第一存取點以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一存取點之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一網際網路協定位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二存取點之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的第二網際網路協定位址的指示,對第二網際協定位址的指示是經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的。漫遊指示管理器2330可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示。AP鏈路通訊管理器2335可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用第二網際協定位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples disclosed herein, the communication manager 2320 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. The IP address manager 2325 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first access point and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first access point and using a first internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second access point, the indication of the second internet protocol address being received via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The roaming indication manager 2330 may be configured or otherwise supported to receive a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2335 may be configured or otherwise supported to communicate data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using a second Internet protocol address in response to the roaming indication.

圖24圖示根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的通訊管理器2420的方塊圖2400。通訊管理器2420可以是如本文描述的通訊管理器2220、通訊管理器2320或兩者的各態樣的實例。通訊管理器2420或其各種部件可以是用於執行如本文描述的用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的各個態樣的單元的實例。例如,通訊管理器2420可以包括IP位址管理器2425、漫遊指示管理器2430、AP鏈路通訊管理器2435、鏈路品質管制器2440、信標/探測管理器2445、HS關聯程序管理器2450、解除關聯管理器2455、P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460、AP關聯程序管理器2465、效用函數管理器2470、通道掃瞄管理器2475、BT管理器2480、AP選擇管理器2485、或其任何組合。這些部件之每一者部件可以直接地或間接地與彼此進行通訊(諸如,經由一或多個匯流排)。24 illustrates a block diagram 2400 of a communication manager 2420 supporting seamless transition for XPAN overlays according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The communication manager 2420 can be an instance of the communication manager 2220, the communication manager 2320, or various aspects of both as described herein. The communication manager 2420 or various components thereof can be instances of units for performing various aspects of seamless transition for XPAN overlays as described herein. For example, the communication manager 2420 may include an IP address manager 2425, a roaming indication manager 2430, an AP link communication manager 2435, a link quality policer 2440, a beacon/probe manager 2445, an HS association manager 2450, a disassociation manager 2455, a P2P link communication manager 2460, an AP association manager 2465, a utility manager 2470, a channel scanning manager 2475, a BT manager 2480, an AP selection manager 2485, or any combination thereof. Each of these components may communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., via one or more buses).

通訊管理器2420可以根據如本文中所揭示的實例支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。漫遊指示管理器2430可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。The communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device according to examples as disclosed herein. The IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The roaming indication manager 2430 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The AP link communication manager 2435 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

在一些實例中,AP關聯程序管理器2465可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收IP位址。In some examples, the AP association procedure manager 2465 can be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, performing an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 can be configured or otherwise supported as means for receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold.

在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 can be configured or otherwise support means for receiving, along with the message, an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device.

在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求。在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果。在一些實例中,AP關聯程序管理器2465可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, sending a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the request, receiving a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP association procedure manager 2465 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the channel scanning result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link satisfies a third threshold, executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP。在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於通道掃瞄結果集合,從AP集合中選擇該AP。In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the request, receiving a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an AP set from a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, the AP set including the AP. In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the channel scan result set, selecting the AP from the AP set.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下在第二無線通訊鏈路上從AP接收信標。在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:使用信標來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質。在一些實例中,AP關聯程序管理器2465可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收IP位址。In some examples, beacon/probe manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise support means for receiving a beacon from an AP on a second wireless communication link in response to a first link quality falling below a second threshold. In some examples, link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise support means for using the beacon to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link. In some examples, AP association procedure manager 2465 may be configured or otherwise support means for performing an association procedure with an AP to receive an IP address in response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,向AP發送探測請求。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於探測請求,從AP接收探測回應。在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:使用探測回應來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質。在一些實例中,AP關聯程序管理器2465可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與AP的關聯程序以接收IP位址。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending a probe request to an AP in response to a first link quality falling below a second threshold. In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise support means for receiving a probe response from an AP in response to the probe request. In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise support means for determining a second link quality of a second wireless communication link using the probe response. In some examples, the AP association procedure manager 2465 may be configured or otherwise support means for performing an association procedure with an AP to receive an IP address in response to a second link quality satisfying a third threshold.

在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對第一無線通訊設備的IP位址或MAC位址的指示。In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending an indication of an IP address or MAC address of a first wireless communication device to a second wireless communication device over a P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送對存取點的指示。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending an indication of an access point to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device in response to the quality of the first link falling below a second threshold.

在一些實例中,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。In some examples, the disassociation manager 2455 can be configured or otherwise support means for communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link in response to a roaming indication.

在一些實例中,效用函數管理器2470可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質。在一些實例中,AP關聯程序管理器2465可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於決定第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質而執行與AP的關聯程序以接收IP位址。In some examples, the utility function manager 2470 may be configured or otherwise support means for determining, based on the utility function, that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than the first link quality. In some examples, the AP association procedure manager 2465 may be configured or otherwise support means for performing an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address in response to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality.

在一些實例中,效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples, the utility function includes at least one of: a channel type of each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value of each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序,將P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。In some examples, the P2P link communication manager 2460 can be configured or otherwise support means for switching a channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link in response to an association procedure.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for receiving, from the first wireless communication device, an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link. The link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息,對IP位址的接收是回應於該訊息的。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 can be configured as or otherwise support means for sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold, and the reception of the IP address is responsive to the message.

在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 can be configured or otherwise supported by means for sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device along with the message.

在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求。在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果,對IP位址的接收是回應於通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值的。In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 may be configured or otherwise support means for: receiving a request for a channel scan result associated with a second wireless communication link from a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link in response to the quality of the first link falling below a second threshold. In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the request, sending a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, the receiving of the IP address being in response to the channel scan result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold.

在一些實例中,通道掃瞄管理器2475可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該請求,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP。In some examples, the channel scan manager 2475 can be configured as or otherwise support means for: in response to the request, sending a channel scan result set for a set of wireless communication links corresponding to a set of APs including the AP to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。In some examples, the disassociation manager 2455 can be configured or otherwise support means for communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link in response to a roaming indication.

在一些實例中,P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對IP位址的接收,將P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。In some examples, the P2P link communication manager 2460 can be configured or otherwise support means for switching a channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link in response to receiving the IP address.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示。在一些實例中,漫遊指示管理器2430可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communications at the first wireless communication device. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device when communicating with the second wireless communication device over a P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the roaming indication manager 2430 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with a second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下的訊息。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 can be configured or otherwise supported as a means for receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a first threshold.

在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 can be configured or otherwise support means for receiving, along with the message, an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device.

在一些實例中,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。In some examples, the disassociation manager 2455 can be configured or otherwise support means for communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link in response to a roaming indication.

在一些實例中,效用函數管理器2470可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質,對漫遊指示的發送是回應於決定第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質。In some examples, the utility function manager 2470 can be configured or otherwise support means for determining, based on the utility function, that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than a first link quality, and sending the roaming indication is responsive to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality.

在一些實例中,效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、針對P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples, the utility function includes at least one of the following: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送IP位址。在一些實例中,漫遊指示管理器2430可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, using the MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: sending an IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the roaming indication manager 2430 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下的訊息。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 can be configured as or otherwise support means for sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a first threshold.

在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 can be configured or otherwise supported by means for sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device along with the message.

在一些實例中,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。In some examples, the disassociation manager 2455 can be configured or otherwise support means for communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應。HS關聯程序管理器2450可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的。解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息。P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. The beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving a beacon or probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP and via a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device. The HS association procedure manager 2450 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, the first link quality being detected using a beacon or a probe response. The disassociation manager 2455 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to the association procedure, sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link. The P2P link communication manager 2460 may be configured or otherwise supported for: communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,監測P2P無線通訊鏈路上的信標。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured or otherwise support means for monitoring beacons on the P2P wireless communication link in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於探測請求的。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured as or otherwise support means for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, sending a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由第二無線通訊鏈路並且經由AP和第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時週期性地監測來自第二無線通訊設備的信標,對信標的接收是回應於週期性監測的。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured as or otherwise support means for periodically monitoring beacons from a second wireless communication device while communicating with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and via the AP and a third wireless communication link, reception of the beacon being responsive to the periodic monitoring.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP向第二無線通訊設備發送關於第二鏈路品質已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該指示,經由AP和第二無線通訊鏈路從第二無線通訊設備接收針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, sending an indication to the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality has fallen below a second threshold. In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the indication, receiving scheduling information for the beacon from the second wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在BT無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在BT無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a request to the second wireless communication device to connect to the second wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link. In some examples, the beacon/detection manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise support means for: receiving scheduling information for beacons from the second wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link, and receiving the beacons is based on the scheduling information.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured as or otherwise support a unit for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a probe request to the second wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

在一些實例中,為了支援滿足第一閾值的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質,效用函數管理器2470可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:根據效用函數,決定第一鏈路品質優於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質。In some examples, to support a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link that meets a first threshold, the utility function manager 2470 may be configured or otherwise support a unit for determining, based on the utility function, that the first link quality is better than a second link quality of a second wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。In some examples, the utility function includes at least one of: a channel type of each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value of each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,為了支援發送解除關聯訊息,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下而發送解除關聯訊息。In some examples, to support sending the disassociation message, the disassociation manager 2455 can be configured or otherwise support means for sending the disassociation message in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二無線通訊設備的第二關聯程序的指示。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured as or otherwise support a unit for: in response to the first link quality satisfying a first threshold, sending an instruction to the third wireless communication device on the Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second association procedure with the second wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應。在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序。在一些實例中,P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured to or otherwise support means for sending beacons or probe responses on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and the AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold, executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the P2P link communication manager 2460 may be configured or otherwise supported as a unit for: communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,鏈路品質管制器2440可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP從第一無線通訊設備接收關於第二鏈路品質已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該指示,經由AP和第二無線通訊鏈路向第一無線通訊設備發送針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的發送是根據該排程資訊的。In some examples, the link quality controller 2440 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, receiving an indication from the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality has fallen below a second threshold. In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise supported by means for: in response to the indication, sending scheduling information for the beacon to the first wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, and the sending of the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和AP接收探測請求,對探測回應的發送是回應於探測請求的。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured as or otherwise support means for: receiving a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, sending a probe response in response to the probe request.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在BT無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在BT無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對信標的排程資訊,對信標的發送是根據該排程資訊的。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a request from the first wireless communication device to connect to the second wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link. In some examples, the beacon/detection manager 2445 may be configured or otherwise support means for: sending scheduling information for beacons to the first wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link, and sending the beacons is based on the scheduling information.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收探測請求,對探測回應的發送是回應於該探測請求的。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured as or otherwise support a unit for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a probe request from the first wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and sending a probe response in response to the probe request.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示。在一些實例中,解除關聯管理器2455可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息。在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對解除關聯訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP with a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing an association procedure with the second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the association procedure, sending an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP. In some examples, the disassociation manager 2455 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to sending the IP address, sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 can be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and a second AP in response to sending a disassociation message.

在一些實例中,為了支援接收信標,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:接收來自AP集合的信標集合,該AP集合包括第二AP,並且該信標集合包括該信標。In some examples, to support receiving beacons, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured or otherwise support means for receiving a set of beacons from a set of APs that includes a second AP and that includes the beacon.

在一些實例中,AP選擇管理器2485可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:基於使用信標集合決定的與AP集合的相應無線通訊鏈路的相應鏈路品質,從AP集合中選擇第二AP。In some examples, the AP selection manager 2485 can be configured or otherwise support means for selecting a second AP from the set of APs based on respective link qualities of respective wireless communication links with the set of APs determined using the set of beacons.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,向第二AP發送探測請求,對探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。In some examples, the beacon/probe manager 2445 can be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of a first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, sending a probe request to a second AP, and receiving a probe response in response to the probe request.

在一些實例中,信標/探測管理器2445可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第三無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收第二信標,接收信標是回應於使用第二信標決定的在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的無線通訊鏈路的第三鏈路品質低於第三閾值的。In some examples, the beacon/detection manager 2445 can be configured as or otherwise support means for receiving a second beacon from a second wireless communication device on a third wireless communication link in response to a first link quality dropping below a threshold, wherein receiving the beacon is in response to determining using the second beacon that a third link quality of the wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device is below a third threshold.

在一些實例中,效用函數管理器2470可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於根據效用函數決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行關聯程序。In some examples, the utility function manager 2470 can be configured or otherwise support means for: executing an association procedure in response to determining, based on the utility function, that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link is higher than the first link quality.

在一些實例中,效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型,以及針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值。In some examples, the utility function includes at least one of: a channel type for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a received signal strength indicator value for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link.

在一些實例中,BT管理器2480可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二存取點的第二關聯程序的指示。In some examples, the BT manager 2480 may be configured as or otherwise support a unit for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, sending an instruction to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second association procedure with a second access point for the third wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2420可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。在一些實例中,IP位址管理器2425可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由第一存取點以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一存取點之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一網際網路協定位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二存取點之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的第二網際網路協定位址的指示,對第二網際協定位址的指示是經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的。在一些實例中,漫遊指示管理器2430可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示。在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用第二網際協定位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2420 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. In some examples, the IP address manager 2425 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first access point and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first access point and using a first internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second access point, the indication of the second internet protocol address being received via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. In some examples, the roaming indication manager 2430 may be configured or otherwise supported as a means for receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 may be configured or otherwise supported as a means for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using a second Internet protocol address in response to the roaming indication.

在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收對針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的媒體存取控制位址的指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊亦使用該媒體存取控制位址。In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 can be configured as or otherwise support a unit for receiving an indication of a media access control address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link from a first wireless device via a first access point and a first wireless communication link, and communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point also using the media access control address.

在一些實例中,漫遊指示管理器2430可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路向第一無線設備發送回應於該漫遊指示的確認,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊是回應於該確認的。In some examples, the roaming indication manager 2430 can be configured as or otherwise support means for sending an acknowledgment in response to the roaming indication to the first wireless device via the first access point and the first wireless communication link, and communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point in response to the acknowledgment.

在一些實例中,AP鏈路通訊管理器2435可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於該漫遊指示而調整音訊時延或音訊位元速率中的至少一者,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊使用經調整的音訊時延或經調整的音訊位元速率。In some examples, the AP link communication manager 2435 can be configured as or otherwise support means for adjusting at least one of an audio delay or an audio bit rate in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using the adjusted audio delay or the adjusted audio bit rate.

圖25圖示根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的包括支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的設備2505的系統2500的示意圖。設備2505可以是如本文描述的設備2205、設備2305或STA(諸如如本文描述的個人無線通訊設備204或個人音訊設備210)的實例或包括其部件。設備2505可以包括用於雙向語音和資料通訊的部件,包括用於發送和接收通訊的組件,諸如通訊管理器2520、I/O控制器2510、收發機2515、天線2525、記憶體2530、代碼2535以及處理器2540。這些部件可以經由一或多條匯流排(諸如,匯流排2545)進行電子通訊或以其他方式耦合(諸如,操作地、通訊地、功能地、電子地、電氣地耦合)。FIG25 illustrates a schematic diagram of a system 2500 including a device 2505 supporting seamless switching for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The device 2505 may be an example of or include components of the device 2205, device 2305, or STA (such as a personal wireless communication device 204 or a personal audio device 210 as described herein) as described herein. The device 2505 may include components for two-way voice and data communication, including components for sending and receiving communications, such as a communication manager 2520, an I/O controller 2510, a transceiver 2515, an antenna 2525, a memory 2530, a code 2535, and a processor 2540. These components may be in electronic communication or otherwise coupled (e.g., operatively, communicatively, functionally, electronically, electrically) via one or more buses (e.g., bus 2545).

I/O控制器2510可以管理針對設備2505的輸入和輸出訊號。I/O控制器2510亦可以管理未整合到設備2505中的周邊設備。在一些情況中,I/O控制器2510可以表示到外部的周邊設備的實體連接或埠。在一些情況中,I/O控制器2510可以利用諸如iOS®、ANDROID®、MS-DOS®、MS-WINDOWS®、OS/2®、UNIX®、LINUX®之類的作業系統或另一已知的作業系統。在一些其他情況下,I/O控制器2510可以表示數據機、鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控式螢幕或類似設備或者與數據機、鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控式螢幕或類似設備進行互動。在一些情況中,I/O控制器2510可以被實現為處理器(諸如處理器2540)的一部分。在一些情況中,使用者可以經由I/O控制器2510或者經由由I/O控制器2510所控制的硬體部件來與設備2505進行互動。I/O controller 2510 can manage input and output signals for device 2505. I/O controller 2510 can also manage peripheral devices that are not integrated into device 2505. In some cases, I/O controller 2510 can represent a physical connection or port to an external peripheral device. In some cases, I/O controller 2510 can utilize an operating system such as iOS®, ANDROID®, MS-DOS®, MS-WINDOWS®, OS/2®, UNIX®, LINUX®, or another known operating system. In some other cases, I/O controller 2510 can represent a modem, keyboard, mouse, touch screen, or similar device or interact with a modem, keyboard, mouse, touch screen, or similar device. In some cases, I/O controller 2510 may be implemented as part of a processor, such as processor 2540. In some cases, a user may interact with device 2505 via I/O controller 2510 or via a hardware component controlled by I/O controller 2510.

在一些情況中,設備2505可以包括單個天線2525。然而,在一些其他情況下,設備2505可以具有一個以上的天線2525,它們能夠同時地發送或接收多個無線傳輸。收發機2515可以經由如本文描述的一或多個天線2525、有線或無線鏈路來雙向地進行通訊。例如,收發機2515可以表示無線收發機,以及可以與另一無線收發機雙向地進行通訊。收發機2515亦可以包括數據機,其用於對封包進行調制並且向一或多個天線2525提供經調制的封包來用於傳輸,以及用於對從一或多個天線2525接收到的封包進行解調。收發機2515或收發機2515和一或多個天線2525可以是如本文描述的發射器2215、發射器2315、接收器2210、接收器2310或其任何組合或其部件的實例。In some cases, the device 2505 may include a single antenna 2525. However, in some other cases, the device 2505 may have more than one antenna 2525 that are capable of sending or receiving multiple wireless transmissions simultaneously. The transceiver 2515 may communicate bidirectionally via one or more antennas 2525, wired or wireless links as described herein. For example, the transceiver 2515 may represent a wireless transceiver and may communicate bidirectionally with another wireless transceiver. The transceiver 2515 may also include a modem for modulating packets and providing the modulated packets to the one or more antennas 2525 for transmission, and for demodulating packets received from the one or more antennas 2525. The transceiver 2515 or the transceiver 2515 and the one or more antennas 2525 may be an example of a transmitter 2215, a transmitter 2315, a receiver 2210, a receiver 2310, or any combination thereof or components thereof as described herein.

記憶體2530可以包括RAM和ROM。記憶體2530可以儲存包括指令的電腦可讀的、電腦可執行的代碼2535,代碼2535當由處理器2540執行時使得設備2505執行本文所描述的各種功能。在一些情況中,記憶體2530可以包含BIOS等,該BIOS可以控制基本的硬體或軟體操作,諸如與周邊部件或設備的互動。The memory 2530 may include RAM and ROM. The memory 2530 may store computer-readable, computer-executable code 2535 including instructions that, when executed by the processor 2540, cause the device 2505 to perform the various functions described herein. In some cases, the memory 2530 may include BIOS, etc., which may control basic hardware or software operations, such as interaction with peripheral components or devices.

處理器2540可以包括智慧硬體設備(諸如通用處理器、DSP、CPU、微控制器、ASIC、FPGA、可程式設計邏輯裝置、個別閘門或者電晶體邏輯部件、個別硬體部件或者其任何組合)。在一些情況中,處理器2540可以被配置為使用記憶體控制器操作記憶體陣列。在一些其他情形中,可以將記憶體控制器整合到處理器2540中。處理器2540可以被配置為執行儲存在記憶體(諸如,記憶體2530)中的電腦可讀取指令,以使得設備2505執行各種功能(諸如,支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的功能或任務)。例如,設備2505或設備2505的部件可以包括處理器2540以及與處理器2540耦合或者耦合到處理器2540的記憶體2530,處理器2540和記憶體2530被配置為執行本文描述的各種功能。The processor 2540 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a general purpose processor, a DSP, a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, an FPGA, a programmable logic device, individual gate or transistor logic components, individual hardware components, or any combination thereof). In some cases, the processor 2540 may be configured to operate a memory array using a memory controller. In some other cases, the memory controller may be integrated into the processor 2540. The processor 2540 may be configured to execute computer-readable instructions stored in a memory (e.g., the memory 2530) to cause the device 2505 to perform various functions (e.g., functions or tasks that support flawless conversion for XPAN coverage). For example, the device 2505 or a component of the device 2505 may include a processor 2540 and a memory 2530 coupled with or to the processor 2540, the processor 2540 and the memory 2530 being configured to perform the various functions described herein.

通訊管理器2520可以根據如本文中所揭示的實例支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。The communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device according to examples as disclosed herein. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support a unit for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communications at the first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: communicating data with a second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link and the AP in response to a roaming indication.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送IP位址。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at a second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on a third wireless communication link, using the MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: sending an IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device over the P2P wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using an IP address for the first wireless communication device.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at the first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for receiving a beacon or a probe response from the second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP and via a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, the first link quality being detected using a beacon or a probe response. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise supported for: in response to the association procedure, sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise supported for: communicating data with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for sending beacons or probe responses on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and the AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a first wireless communication device over a P2P wireless communication link.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於對解除關聯訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to an example as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 may support wireless communication at a first wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 may be configured to or otherwise support means for: in communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP with a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured to or otherwise support means for: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing an association procedure with a second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending an indication of an IP address to a second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to an association procedure. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to sending the IP address. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with a second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to sending the disassociation message.

經由包括或配置根據如本文描述的實例的通訊管理器2520,設備2505可以支援用於提高通訊可靠性、減少時延、減少功耗、更高效地利用通訊資源,提高設備之間的協調以及延長電池壽命的技術。By including or configuring a communications manager 2520 according to an example as described herein, the device 2505 can support techniques for improving communications reliability, reducing latency, reducing power consumption, more efficiently utilizing communications resources, improving coordination between devices, and extending battery life.

圖26展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法2600的流程圖。方法2600的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人音訊設備210或其部件來實現。例如,方法2600的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人音訊設備210來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人音訊設備210可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人音訊設備210的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替代地,STA或個人音訊設備210可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 26 shows a flow chart of a method 2600 for supporting flawless switching for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 2600 may be implemented by a STA or personal audio device 210 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 2600 may be performed by a STA or personal audio device 210 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal audio device 210 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal audio device 210 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal audio device 210 may use dedicated hardware to perform the various aspects of the described functions.

在2605處,該方法可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。2605的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2605的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 2605, the method may include: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The operation of 2605 may be performed according to an example as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operation of 2605 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2610處,該方法可以包括:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。2610的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2610的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的漫遊指示管理器2430來執行。At 2610, the method may include: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 2610 may be performed according to examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2610 may be performed by a roaming indication manager 2430 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2615處,該方法可以包括:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。2615的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2615的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 2615, the method may include: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP. The operation of 2615 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2615 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

補充地或替代地,根據如本文揭示的實例,通訊管理器2520可以支援第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊。例如,通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:在經由第一存取點以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一存取點之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一網際網路協定位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二存取點之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的第二網際網路協定位址的指示,對第二網際協定位址的指示是經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示。通訊管理器2520可以被配置為或以其他方式支援用於如下的單元:回應於漫遊指示,使用第二網際協定位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Additionally or alternatively, according to examples as disclosed herein, the communication manager 2520 can support wireless communication at the second wireless communication device. For example, the communication manager 2520 can be configured to or otherwise support means for: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first access point and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first access point and using a first internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second access point, the indication of the second internet protocol address being received via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The communication manager 2520 may be configured or otherwise support means for communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using a second Internet protocol address in response to the roaming indication.

圖27展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法2700的流程圖。方法2700的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204或其部件來實現。例如,方法2700的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人無線通訊設備204的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替換地,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 27 shows a flow chart of a method 2700 for supporting seamless transition for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 2700 may be implemented by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 2700 may be performed by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may use dedicated hardware to perform the various aspects of the described functions.

在2705處,該方法可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。2705的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2705的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 2705, the method may include: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on the third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The operation of 2705 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2705 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2710處,該方法可以包括:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。2710的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2710的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的鏈路品質管制器2440來執行。At 2710, the method may include: in response to a first link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operations of 2710 may be performed according to examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operations of 2710 may be performed by the link quality controller 2440 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2715處,該方法可以包括:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路和AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。2715的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2715的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 2715, the method may include: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address for the first wireless communication device. The operation of 2715 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2715 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖28展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法2800的流程圖。方法2800的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人音訊設備210或其部件來實現。例如,方法2800的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人音訊設備210來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人音訊設備210可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人音訊設備210的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替代地,STA或個人音訊設備210可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 28 shows a flow chart of a method 2800 for supporting flawless conversion for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operation of the method 2800 may be implemented by a STA or personal audio device 210 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operation of the method 2800 may be performed by a STA or personal audio device 210 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal audio device 210 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal audio device 210 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal audio device 210 may use dedicated hardware to perform the various aspects of the described functions.

在2805處,該方法可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示。2805的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2805的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 2805, the method may include: when communicating with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device. The operations of 2805 may be performed according to examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 2805 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2810處,該方法可以包括:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。2810的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2810的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的漫遊指示管理器2430來執行。At 2810, the method may include: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 2810 may be performed according to an example disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2810 may be performed by a roaming indication manager 2430 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2815處,該方法可以包括:回應於漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。2815的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2815的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 2815, the method may include: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP. The operation of 2815 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, the various aspects of the operation of 2815 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖29展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法2900的流程圖。方法2900的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204或其部件來實現。例如,方法2900的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人無線通訊設備204的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替換地,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 29 shows a flow chart of a method 2900 for supporting flawless transition for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 2900 may be implemented by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 2900 may be performed by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may use dedicated hardware to perform the various aspects of the described functions.

在2905處,該方法可以包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。2905的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2905的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 2905, the method may include: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with the AP on the third wireless communication link, using the MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The operation of 2905 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2905 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2910處,該方法可以包括:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送IP位址。2910的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2910的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 2910, the method may include: sending an IP address to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 2910 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2910 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2915處,該方法可以包括:回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊。2915的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2915的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的漫遊指示管理器2430來執行。At 2915, the method may include: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 2915 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2915 may be performed by the roaming indication manager 2430 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在2920處,該方法可以包括:回應於漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路和AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。2920的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,2920的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 2920, the method may include: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address for the first wireless communication device. The operation of 2920 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 2920 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖30展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法3000的流程圖。方法3000的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人音訊設備210或其部件來實現。例如,方法3000的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人音訊設備210來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人音訊設備210可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人音訊設備210的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替代地,STA或個人音訊設備210可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 30 shows a flow chart of a method 3000 for supporting flawless conversion for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 3000 may be implemented by a STA or personal audio device 210 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 3000 may be performed by a STA or personal audio device 210 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal audio device 210 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal audio device 210 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal audio device 210 may use dedicated hardware to perform various aspects of the described functions.

在3005處,該方法可以包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應。3005的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3005的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的信標/探測管理器2445來執行。At 3005, the method may include: receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP and via a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device. The operations of 3005 may be performed according to examples disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 3005 may be performed by a beacon/probe manager 2445 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3010處,該方法可以包括:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用信標或探測回應來偵測的。3010的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3010的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的HS關聯程序管理器2450來執行。At 3010, the method may include: in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a first threshold, performing an association procedure with a second wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link, the first link quality being detected using a beacon or a probe response. The operation of 3010 may be performed according to an example disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3010 may be performed by the HS association procedure manager 2450 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3015處,該方法可以包括:回應於關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向AP發送解除關聯訊息。3015的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3015的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的解除關聯管理器2455來執行。At 3015, the method may include: sending a disassociation message to the AP for the second wireless communication link in response to the association procedure. The operation of 3015 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3015 may be performed by the disassociation manager 2455 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3020處,該方法可以包括:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。3020的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3020的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460來執行。At 3020, the method may include: communicating data with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 3020 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3020 may be performed by a P2P link communication manager 2460 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖31展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法3100的流程圖。方法3100的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204或其部件來實現。例如,方法3100的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人無線通訊設備204來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人無線通訊設備204的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替換地,STA或個人無線通訊設備204可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 31 shows a flow chart of a method 3100 for supporting flawless transition for XPAN coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 3100 may be implemented by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 3100 may be performed by a STA or personal wireless communication device 204 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal wireless communication device 204 may use dedicated hardware to perform the various aspects of the described functions.

在3105處,該方法可以包括:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由AP和在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應。3105的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3105的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的信標/探測管理器2445來執行。At 3105, the method may include: sending a beacon or a probe response on a P2P wireless communication link while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and the AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP. The operation of 3105 may be performed according to an example as disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3105 may be performed by a beacon/probe manager 2445 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3110處,該方法可以包括:回應於P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序。3110的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3110的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的鏈路品質管制器2440來執行。At 3110, the method may include: in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying the threshold, executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 3110 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3110 may be performed by the link quality controller 2440 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3115處,該方法可以包括:在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。3115的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3115的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的P2P鏈路通訊管理器2460來執行。At 3115, the method may include: communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link. The operation of 3115 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3115 may be performed by the P2P link communication manager 2460 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖32展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN的無瑕疵轉換的方法3200的流程圖。方法3200的操作可以由如本文描述的STA或個人音訊設備210或其部件來實現。例如,方法3200的操作可以由如參考圖1至25描述的STA或個人音訊設備210來執行。在一些實例中,STA或個人音訊設備210可以執行指令集以控制STA或個人音訊設備210的功能元件執行所描述的功能。補充地或替代地,STA或個人音訊設備210可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 32 shows a flow chart of a method 3200 for supporting flawless switching for XPAN according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 3200 may be implemented by a STA or personal audio device 210 or a component thereof as described herein. For example, the operations of the method 3200 may be performed by a STA or personal audio device 210 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA or personal audio device 210 may execute an instruction set to control the functional elements of the STA or personal audio device 210 to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA or personal audio device 210 may use dedicated hardware to perform various aspects of the described functions.

在3205處,該方法可以包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應。3205的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3205的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的信標/探測管理器2445來執行。At 3205, the method may include: in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold when communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and the first AP and the second wireless communication device, receiving a beacon or a probe response from the second AP on the second wireless communication link. The operation of 3205 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3205 may be performed by the beacon/probe manager 2445 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3210處,該方法可以包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址。3210的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3210的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 3210, the method may include: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing an association procedure with the second AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link. The operation of 3210 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3210 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3215處,該方法可以包括:回應於關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對IP位址的指示。3215的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3215的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 3215, the method may include: sending an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to the association procedure. The operation of 3215 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3215 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3220處,該方法可以包括:回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息。3220的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3220的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的解除關聯管理器2455來執行。At 3220, the method may include: sending a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to sending the IP address. The operations of 3220 may be performed according to examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operations of 3220 may be performed by the disassociation manager 2455 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3225處,該方法可以包括:回應於對解除關聯訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。3225的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3225的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 3225, the method may include: in response to sending the disassociation message, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP. The operation of 3225 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3225 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖33展示了示出根據本案內容的一或多個態樣的支援用於XPAN整個家庭/建築物覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法3300的流程圖。方法3300的操作可以由本文的STA或其部件來實現。例如,方法3300的操作可以由如參考圖1至25所描述的STA 115來執行。在一些實例中,STA可以執行指令集來控制該STA的功能單元執行所描述的功能。補充地或替代地,STA可以使用專用硬體來執行所描述的功能的各態樣。FIG. 33 shows a flow chart of a method 3300 for supporting seamless transition for XPAN whole home/building coverage according to one or more aspects of the present invention. The operations of the method 3300 may be implemented by the STA or components thereof herein. For example, the operations of the method 3300 may be performed by the STA 115 as described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 25 . In some examples, the STA may execute an instruction set to control the functional units of the STA to perform the described functions. Additionally or alternatively, the STA may use dedicated hardware to perform various aspects of the described functions.

在3305處,該方法可以包括:在經由第一存取點以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一存取點之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一網際網路協定位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二存取點之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的第二網際網路協定位址的指示,對第二網際協定位址的指示是經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的。3305的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3305的操作的各態樣可以由參考圖24描述的IP位址管理器2425來執行。At 3305, the method may include: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via the first access point and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first access point and using a first internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a second access point, the indication of the second internet protocol address being received via the first access point and the first wireless communication link. The operations of 3305 may be performed according to examples as disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 3305 may be performed by the IP address manager 2425 described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3310處,該方法可以包括:經由第一存取點和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示。3310的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3310的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的漫遊指示管理器2430來執行。At 3310, the method may include receiving a roaming indication from a first wireless device via a first access point and a first wireless communication link. The operations of 3310 may be performed according to examples disclosed herein. In some examples, aspects of the operations of 3310 may be performed by a roaming indication manager 2430 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

在3315處,該方法可以包括:回應於漫遊指示,使用第二網際協定位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二存取點與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。3315的操作可以是根據如本文揭示的實例來執行的。在一些實例中,3315的操作的各態樣可以由如參考圖24描述的AP鏈路通訊管理器2435來執行。At 3315, the method may include: in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second access point using the second Internet protocol address. The operation of 3315 may be performed according to the examples disclosed herein. In some examples, various aspects of the operation of 3315 may be performed by the AP link communication manager 2435 as described with reference to FIG. 24.

圖34圖示類似於圖14的程序流1400的、在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流3400的實例。程序流3400包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流3400的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流3400中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流3400中。由於程序流3400中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流3400中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。FIG34 illustrates an example of a program flow 3400 for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, similar to the program flow 1400 of FIG14. The program flow 3400 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. In the following description of the program flow 3400, operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example order shown, or operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 3400, and other operations may be added to the program flow 3400. Because the transition shown in the program flow 3400 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in the program flow 3400 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection.

在3405處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。在3410處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質。在3415處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 3405, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the XPAN SAP wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13). At 3410, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link. At 3415, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold value LQ AssocAP .

在一些實例中,在3420處並且回應於決定XPAN SAP鏈路(P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對最近的通道掃瞄結果的請求。3420處的請求可以經由BLE上的XPAN控制來發送(例如,用於該請求的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制)。隨後在3425處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將最近的通道掃瞄結果發送到個人音訊設備210-c。在3425處指示最近的通道掃瞄結果的訊號可以經由BLE上的XPAN控制來發送(例如,用於該請求的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制)。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以利用3425處的掃瞄結果來指示服務BSSID、服務AP 102-b的通道及/或服務AP 102-b的能力。在一些實例中,若沒有最近的掃瞄結果可用,則個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行通道掃瞄。 In some examples, at 3420 and in response to determining that the link quality of the XPAN SAP link (the P2P wireless communication link) has dropped below a threshold value LQ AssocAP , the personal audio device 210-c can send a request for the most recent channel scan result to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The request at 3420 can be sent via XPAN control over BLE (for example, the bearer for the request can be XPAN control over BLE). Then at 3425, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send the most recent channel scan result to the personal audio device 210-c. The signal indicating the most recent channel scan result at 3425 can be sent via XPAN control over BLE (for example, the bearer for the request can be XPAN control over BLE). In some instances, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can use the scan result at 3425 to indicate the service BSSID, the channel of the service AP 102-b, and/or the service AP In some examples, if no recent scan results are available, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform a channel scan.

在替代實例中,在3430處並且回應於決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。在一些實例中,(例如,在存在兩個配對的耳塞式耳機的情況下),第二個人音訊設備210亦可以執行RSSI量測。用於探測或信標回應的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。 In an alternative example, at 3430 and in response to determining that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below the threshold LQ AssocAP , the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. In some examples, (e.g., in the presence of two paired earbuds), the second personal audio device 210 may also perform RSSI measurements. The bearer for the probe or beacon response may be a management packet over Wi-Fi.

在3435處,基於通道掃瞄結果或探測回應/信標的所量測RSSI,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用(基於如本文所述的效用函數)。在一些實例中,效用函數可以偏好經由其他AP 102服務於個人無線通訊設備204-a的AP 102-b。在一些實例中,在存在兩個配對的個人音訊設備210的情況下(例如,在配對的耳塞式耳機的情況下),個人音訊設備210-c可以與目標AP 102-b上的另一個人音訊設備210同步。At 3435, based on the channel scan results or the measured RSSI of the probe response/beacon, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that a connection to the AP 102-b provides a higher utility (based on a utility function as described herein) than a P2P wireless communication link. In some examples, the utility function may favor AP 102-b that serves the personal wireless communication device 204-a via other APs 102. In some examples, in the presence of two paired personal audio devices 210 (e.g., in the case of paired earbuds), the personal audio device 210-c may synchronize with another personal audio device 210 on the target AP 102-b.

在3440處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b執行認證程序、關聯程序及/或安全金鑰交換程序。在3445處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-b的DHCP伺服器協商。因此,在3440和3445處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b連接並且接收用於與AP 102-b通訊的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3440處的認證程序和關聯程序的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。用於在3440和3445處的安全金鑰交換程序(亦被稱為LAN上的可擴展認證協定(EAPOL)4次交握)及/或DHCP伺服器協商的承載可以是UDP資料。At 3440, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an authentication procedure, an association procedure, and/or a security key exchange procedure with the AP 102-b. At 3445, the personal audio device 210-c may perform a DHCP server negotiation with the AP 102-b. Thus, at 3440 and 3445, the personal audio device 210-c may connect to the AP 102-b and receive an IP and/or MAC address for communication with the AP 102-b. The payload for the authentication procedure and the association procedure at 3440 may be a management packet over Wi-Fi. The payload for the security key exchange procedure (also known as the Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) 4-way handshake) and/or the DHCP server negotiation at 3440 and 3445 may be UDP data.

在3450處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享在3440或3455處接收的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址及/或MAC位址。在一些實例中,在存在兩個配對的個人音訊設備210的情況下(例如,在配對的耳塞式耳機的情況下),個人音訊設備210-c亦可以在3450處與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享另一個人音訊設備210的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3450處的共享IP及/或MAC位址的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3450, the personal audio device 210-c may share the IP address and/or MAC address for the personal audio device 210-c received at 3440 or 3455 with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In some examples, where there are two paired personal audio devices 210 (e.g., in the case of paired earbuds), the personal audio device 210-c may also share the IP and/or MAC address of the other personal audio device 210 with the personal wireless communication device 204-a at 3450. The bearer for the signaling of the shared IP and/or MAC address at 3450 may be XPAN control over BLE.

在3455處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定XPAN SAP鏈路(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下。在3460處,回應於鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊請求。用於在3460處的漫遊請求的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3465處,回應於漫遊請求,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延及/或可以降低用於AP上XPAN的音訊位元速率。 At 3455, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the XPAN SAP link (e.g., the P2P wireless communication link 106-b) has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamAP ). At 3460, in response to the link quality dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming request to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The bearer for the roaming request at 3460 may be XPAN control over BLE. At 3465, in response to the roaming request, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio latency and/or may reduce the audio bit rate for XPAN on AP.

在3470處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊確認,及/或可以發送指示到UDP的資料路徑切換的訊號。用於在3470處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3475處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與個人音訊設備210-c交換指示BT控制切換到TCP的訊號。用於在3475處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3480處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b向個人音訊設備210-c發送TCP上的BT控制。用於在3480處的TCP上的BT控制的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3470, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send a roaming confirmation to the personal audio device 210-c, and/or can send a signal indicating a data path switch to UDP. The bearer for the signal at 3470 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3475, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can exchange signals with the personal audio device 210-c indicating that BT control is switched to TCP. The bearer for the signal at 3475 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3480, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send BT control over TCP to the personal audio device 210-c via AP 102-b. The bearer for BT control over TCP at 3480 can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3485處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由在AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(例如,經由圖13的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c),經由AP 102-b進行通訊。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以將XPAN SAP鏈路維持在低功率,例如,用於可能的未來反向轉換。用於在低功率下維持的XPAN SAP鏈路的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3485, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP (e.g., via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 13) via AP 102-b. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can maintain the XPAN SAP link at low power, for example, for possible future reverse conversion. The bearer for the XPAN SAP link maintained at low power can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

與圖15的程序流1500類似,圖35圖示在XPAN場景中的在第一時間的P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流3500的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備輔助發起該轉換。程序流3500包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流3500的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流3500中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流3500中。由於程序流3500中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流3500中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。另外,由於個人無線通訊設備204-a輔助發起該轉換,因此可以在個人音訊設備210-c處執行更少的處理,這可以減少時延,因為個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有比個人音訊設備210-c更多的處理功率及/或可以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。Similar to the program flow 1500 of Figure 15, Figure 35 illustrates an example of a program flow 3500 for a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection at a first time in an XPAN scenario, wherein the personal wireless communication device assists in initiating the transition. The program flow 3500 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to Figure 3. In the following description of the program flow 3500, the operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example order shown, or the operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 3500, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 3500. Because the transition shown in program flow 3500 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in program flow 3500 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection. Additionally, because the personal wireless communication device 204-a assists in initiating the conversion, less processing may be performed at the personal audio device 210-c, which may reduce latency because the personal wireless communication device 204-a may have more processing power than the personal audio device 210-c and/or may reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c.

在3505處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。在3510處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質。在3515處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 3505, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the XPAN SAP wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13). At 3510, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link. At 3515, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold value LQ AssocAP .

在3520處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質統計的指示。在3525處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送對個人無線通訊設備204-a處的通道掃瞄結果的指示或通道掃瞄命令。用於在3520和3525處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與在3525處的掃瞄結果一起指示服務BSSID、服務AP 102-b的通道及/或服務AP 102-b的能力。At 3520, the personal audio device 210-c may send an indication of link quality statistics of the P2P wireless communication link to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 3525, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send an indication of the channel scan results at the personal wireless communication device 204-a or a channel scan command to the personal audio device 210-c. The carrier for the signals at 3520 and 3525 may be XPAN control over BLE. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may indicate the service BSSID, the channel of the service AP 102-b, and/or the capabilities of the service AP 102-b together with the scan results at 3525.

在替代實例中,在3530處並且回應於決定P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。在一些實例中,(例如,在存在兩個配對的耳塞式耳機的情況下),第二個人音訊設備210亦可以執行RSSI量測。用於探測或信標回應的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。在3535處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送指示在1530處量測的RSSI量測的訊號。用於在3535處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。 In an alternative example, at 3530 and in response to determining that the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link has dropped below a threshold LQ AssocAP , the personal audio device 210-c can measure the RSSI of a probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. In some examples, (e.g., where there are two paired earbuds), the second personal audio device 210 can also perform RSSI measurements. The carrier for the probe or beacon response can be a management packet over Wi-Fi. At 3535, the personal audio device 210-c can send a signal to the personal wireless communication device 204-a indicating the RSSI measurement measured at 1530. The carrier for the signal at 3535 can be XPAN Control over BLE.

在3540處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比XPAN SAP(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路)更高的效用(基於如本文描述的效用函數)。在3545處,回應於決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比XPAN SAP通訊鏈路更高的效用,個人無線通訊設備204-a向個人音訊設備210-c發送對與特定AP 102-b進行關聯的命令。用於在3545處的命令的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3540, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may determine that a connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility (based on a utility function as described herein) than an XPAN SAP (e.g., a P2P wireless communication link). At 3545, in response to determining that a connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than an XPAN SAP communication link, the personal wireless communication device 204-a sends a command to the personal audio device 210-c to associate with a particular AP 102-b. The bearer for the command at 3545 may be XPAN Control over BLE.

在3550處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b執行認證程序、關聯程序及/或安全金鑰交換程序。在3555處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-b的DHCP伺服器協商。因此,在3550和3555處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-b連接並且接收用於與AP 102-b通訊的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3550處的認證程序和關聯程序的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。用於在3550和3555處的安全金鑰交換程序及/或DHCP伺服器協商的承載可以是UDP資料。At 3550, the personal audio device 210-c can perform an authentication procedure, an association procedure and/or a security key exchange procedure with the AP 102-b. At 3555, the personal audio device 210-c can perform a DHCP server negotiation with the AP 102-b. Therefore, at 3550 and 3555, the personal audio device 210-c can connect to the AP 102-b and receive an IP and/or MAC address for communication with the AP 102-b. The payload for the authentication procedure and the association procedure at 3550 can be a management packet over Wi-Fi. The payload for the security key exchange procedure and/or DHCP server negotiation at 3550 and 3555 can be UDP data.

在3560處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享在3550或3555處接收的用於個人音訊設備210-c的IP位址及/或MAC位址。在一些實例中,在存在兩個配對的個人音訊設備210的情況下(例如,在配對的耳塞式耳機的情況下),個人音訊設備210-c亦可以在3560處與個人無線通訊設備204-a共享另一個人音訊設備210的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3560處的共享IP及/或MAC位址的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3560, the personal audio device 210-c may share the IP address and/or MAC address for the personal audio device 210-c received at 3550 or 3555 with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. In some examples, where there are two paired personal audio devices 210 (e.g., in the case of paired earbuds), the personal audio device 210-c may also share the IP and/or MAC address of the other personal audio device 210 with the personal wireless communication device 204-a at 3560. The bearer for the signaling of the shared IP and/or MAC address at 3560 may be XPAN control over BLE.

在3565處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定XPAN SAP鏈路(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下。在3570處,回應於鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamAP )以下,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊請求。用於在3570處的漫遊請求的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3575處,回應於漫遊請求,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延,及/或可以降低用於AP上XPAN的音訊位元速率。 At 3565, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the XPAN SAP link (e.g., the P2P wireless communication link 106-b) has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamAP ). At 3570, in response to the link quality dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamAP ), the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming request to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The bearer for the roaming request at 3570 may be XPAN control over BLE. At 3575, in response to the roaming request, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio latency and/or may reduce the audio bit rate for XPAN on AP.

在3580處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊確認,及/或可以發送指示到UDP的資料路徑切換的訊號。用於在3580處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3585處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與個人音訊設備210-c交換指示BT控制切換到TCP的訊號。用於在3585處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3590處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b向個人音訊設備210-c發送TCP上的BT控制。用於在3590處的TCP上的BT控制的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3580, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send a roaming confirmation to the personal audio device 210-c, and/or can send a signal indicating a data path switch to UDP. The bearer for the signal at 3580 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3585, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can exchange signals with the personal audio device 210-c indicating that BT control is switched to TCP. The bearer for the signal at 3585 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3590, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send BT control over TCP to the personal audio device 210-c via AP 102-b. The bearer for BT control over TCP at 3590 can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3595處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由在AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(例如,經由圖13的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c),經由AP 102-b進行通訊。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以將XPAN SAP鏈路維持在低功率,例如,用於可能的未來反向轉換。用於在低功率下維持的XPAN SAP鏈路的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3595, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP (e.g., via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 13) via AP 102-b. In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can maintain the XPAN SAP link at low power, for example, for possible future reverse conversion. The bearer for the XPAN SAP link maintained at low power can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

類似於圖17的程序流1700,圖36圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流3600的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備204-a執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP 102-b的認證/關聯程序。程序流3600包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流3600的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流3600中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流3600中。由於程序流3600中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接,因此與其中在斷開P2P連接之前不建立到AP的連接的、從P2P連接到AP連接的轉換相比,程序流3600中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。另外,由於個人無線通訊設備204-a建立用於個人音訊設備210-c的AP連接,因此可以在個人音訊設備210-c處執行更少的處理,這可以減少時延,因為個人無線通訊設備204-a可以具有比個人音訊設備210-c更多的處理功率及/或可以減少個人音訊設備210-c處的功耗。17, FIG36 illustrates an example of a program flow 3600 for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, wherein the personal wireless communication device 204-a performs an authentication/association procedure with the AP 102-b for the personal audio device 210-c. The program flow 3600 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG3. In the following description of the program flow 3600, the operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example order shown, or the operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 3600, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 3600. Because the transition shown in program flow 3600 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b before disconnecting the P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the transition shown in program flow 3600 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a P2P connection to an AP connection in which a connection to the AP is not established before disconnecting the P2P connection. Additionally, because the personal wireless communication device 204-a establishes an AP connection for the personal audio device 210-c, less processing may be performed at the personal audio device 210-c, which may reduce latency because the personal wireless communication device 204-a may have more processing power than the personal audio device 210-c and/or may reduce power consumption at the personal audio device 210-c.

在3605處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(諸如圖13的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。At 3605, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via an XPAN SAP wireless communication link (such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 13).

在3610處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP 102-b的認證程序、關聯程序及/或安全金鑰交換程序。在3615處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行用於個人音訊設備210-c的與AP 102-b的DHCP伺服器協商。用於在3610處的認證程序和關聯程序的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。用於在3610和3615處的安全金鑰交換程序及/或DHCP伺服器協商的承載可以是UDP資料。在3620處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以發送與個人音訊設備210-c共享在3610及/或3615處接收的IP及/或MAC位址的訊號。用於在3620處的訊號的承載可以是UDP資料、Wi-Fi控制或Wi-Fi上的管理。At 3610, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform an authentication procedure, an association procedure, and/or a security key exchange procedure with the AP 102-b for the personal audio device 210-c. At 3615, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform a DHCP server negotiation with the AP 102-b for the personal audio device 210-c. The payload for the authentication procedure and the association procedure at 3610 can be a management packet over Wi-Fi. The payload for the security key exchange procedure and/or the DHCP server negotiation at 3610 and 3615 can be UDP data. At 3620, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a signal that shares the IP and/or MAC address received at 3610 and/or 3615 with the personal audio device 210-c. The payload for the signal at 3620 may be UDP data, Wi-Fi control, or management over Wi-Fi.

在3625處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路)的鏈路品質。在3630處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路)的鏈路品質下降到閾值 LQ AssocAP 以下。 At 3625, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the XPAN SAP wireless communication link (eg, the P2P wireless communication link). At 3630, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the XPAN SAP wireless communication link (eg, the P2P wireless communication link) has dropped below a threshold LQ AssocAP .

在3635處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送指示XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(例如,P2P無線通訊鏈路)的鏈路品質統計的訊號。用於在3635處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3635, the personal audio device 210-c may send a signal indicating link quality statistics of an XPAN SAP wireless communication link (eg, a P2P wireless communication link) to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The bearer for the signal at 3635 may be XPAN Control over BLE.

在3640處,個人音訊設備210-c可以量測來自AP 102-b的探測回應或信標的RSSI。用於在3640處的探測回應或信標的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。在3645處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送對AP上XPAN鏈路品質的指示。用於在3645處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3640, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the RSSI of the probe response or beacon from the AP 102-b. The bearer for the probe response or beacon at 3640 may be a management packet over Wi-Fi. At 3645, the personal audio device 210-c may send an indication of the quality of the XPAN link on the AP to the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The bearer for the signal at 3645 may be XPAN control over BLE.

在3650處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以決定到AP 102-b的連接提供比P2P無線通訊鏈路更高的效用(基於如本文所述效用函數)。At 3650, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may determine that the connection to the AP 102-b provides higher utility than the P2P wireless communication link (based on the utility function as described herein).

在3655處,回應於決定到AP 102-b的連接提供更高的效用,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延,及/或可以降低用於AP上XPAN的音訊位元速率。At 3655, in response to determining that the connection to AP 102-b provides higher utility, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase the audio delay and/or may reduce the audio bit rate used for XPAN on the AP.

在3660處,回應於決定到AP 102-b的連接提供更高的效用,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以向個人音訊設備210-c發送漫遊指示。用於在3660處的漫遊指示的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3660, in response to determining that a connection to AP 102-b provides higher utility, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a roaming indication to the personal audio device 210-c. The bearer for the roaming indication at 3660 may be XPAN control over BLE.

在3665處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以發送指示資料路徑切換到UDP的訊號。用於在3665處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3670處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以與個人音訊設備210-c交換指示BT控制切換到TCP的訊號。用於在3670處的訊號的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3675處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-c向個人音訊設備210-c發送TCP上的BT控制。用於在3675處的TCP上的BT控制的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3665, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send a signal indicating that the data path is switched to UDP. The bearer for the signal at 3665 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3670, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can exchange signals with the personal audio device 210-c indicating that BT control is switched to TCP. The bearer for the signal at 3670 can be XPAN control over BLE. At 3675, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can send BT control over TCP to the personal audio device 210-c via AP 102-c. The bearer for BT control over TCP at 3675 can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3680處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以經由AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(例如,經由圖13的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c),經由AP 102-b進行通訊。在一些實例中,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備可以將XPAN SAP鏈路維持在低功率,例如,用於可能的未來反向轉換。用於在低功率下維持的XPAN SAP鏈路的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3680, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can communicate via the AP 102-b via the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP (e.g., via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 13). In some examples, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device can maintain the XPAN SAP link at low power, for example, for possible future reverse conversion. The bearer for the XPAN SAP link maintained at low power can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

類似於圖19的程序流1900,圖37圖示在XPAN情形中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的程序流3700的實例。程序流3700包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。在程序流3700的以下描述中,在AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流3700中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流3700中。由於程序流3700中所示的轉換在斷開個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與個人無線通訊設備204-a之間的P2P連接,因此與其中在斷開個人音訊設備-AP連接之前未建立P2P連接的從個人音訊設備-AP連接到P2P連接的轉換相比,程序流3700中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。Similar to the program flow 1900 of FIG. 19 , FIG. 37 illustrates an example of a program flow 3700 for switching between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario. The program flow 3700 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. In the following description of the program flow 3700, operations between the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the example sequence shown, or operations performed by the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 3700, and other operations may be added to the program flow 3700. Because the transition shown in the program flow 3700 establishes a P2P connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the personal wireless communication device 204-a before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b, the transition shown in the program flow 3700 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition from a personal audio device-AP connection to a P2P connection in which a P2P connection is not established before disconnecting the personal audio device-AP connection.

在3705處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由AP 102-b(經由圖18的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊,例如,經由AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。At 3705, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate via the AP 102-b (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 18), for example, via the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet.

在3710處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(例如,圖18的無線通訊鏈路106-c)的鏈路品質。在3715處,當個人音訊設備210-c在範圍之外時,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以執行BLE掃瞄。在3720處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行BLE通告。當在個人無線通訊設備204-a的XPAN覆蓋之外時,可以週期性地執行3720處的低能量通告。用於在3720處的低能量通告的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3710, the personal audio device 210-c can monitor the link quality of the XPAN on AP wireless communication link (e.g., the wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 18) between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b. At 3715, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can perform a BLE scan when the personal audio device 210-c is out of range. At 3720, the personal audio device 210-c can perform a BLE advertisement. When out of XPAN coverage of the personal wireless communication device 204-a, the low energy advertisement at 3720 can be performed periodically. The bearer for the low energy advertisement at 3720 can be XPAN control over BLE.

在3725處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以對在3720處接收的低能量通告訊號執行BLE RSSI檢查。在3730處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以經由AP 102-b向個人音訊設備210-c發送BLE接近指示。用於在3730處的BLE接近指示的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3725, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may perform a BLE RSSI check on the low energy advertising signal received at 3720. At 3730, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a BLE proximity indication to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b. The bearer for the BLE proximity indication at 3730 may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3735處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下。 At 3735, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the AP-on-XPAN wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b has dropped below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ).

回應於在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下,在3740處,個人音訊設備210-c可以發送對XPAN SAP鏈路喚醒或建立和信標發送的請求。在3740處的請求可以經由AP 102-b發送給個人無線通訊設備204-a。用於在3740處的請求的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。在3745處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以發送指示XPAN SAP鏈路資訊(例如,通道或TBTT)的訊號。在3745處的訊號可以經由AP 102-b發送給個人音訊設備210-c。用於在3745處的訊號的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。 In response to the link quality of the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link falling below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ), at 3740, the personal audio device 210-c may send a request for XPAN SAP link wakeup or establishment and beacon transmission. The request at 3740 may be sent to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the AP 102-b. The bearer for the request at 3740 may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP. At 3745, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may send a signal indicating XPAN SAP link information (e.g., channel or TBTT). The signal at 3745 may be sent to the personal audio device 210-c via the AP 102-b. The bearer for the signal at 3745 may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3750處,個人音訊設備210-c量測由個人無線通訊設備204-a在SAP鏈路上發送的信標或探測回應的RSSI。在3755處,個人音訊設備210-c決定XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(例如,到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P連接)提供比經由在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路經由AP 102-b的AP上XPAN連接更高的效用。在存在兩個個人音訊設備(諸如兩個耳塞式耳機)的場景中,主個人音訊設備210-c可以共享對如下的決定:到個人無線通訊設備204-a的直接P2P連接提供比經由個人音訊設備210-c和AP 102-b之間的無線通訊鏈路經由AP 102-b的連接更高的效用。At 3750, the personal audio device 210-c measures the RSSI of the beacon or probe response sent by the personal wireless communication device 204-a on the SAP link. At 3755, the personal audio device 210-c determines that the XPAN SAP wireless communication link (e.g., a direct P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a) provides higher utility than the XPAN connection on the AP via the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b. In a scenario where two personal audio devices (e.g., two earbuds) are present, the primary personal audio device 210-c can share a determination that a direct P2P connection to the personal wireless communication device 204-a provides higher utility than a connection via AP 102-b via a wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b.

回應於在3755處的決定,在3760處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a執行認證程序、關聯程序及/或安全金鑰交換程序。在3765處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a執行DHCP伺服器協商。因此,在3760和3765處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與個人無線通訊設備204-a連接,並且接收用於與個人無線通訊設備204-a直接通訊的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3760處的認證程序和關聯程序的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。用於在3760和3765處的安全金鑰交換程序及/或DHCP伺服器協商的承載可以是UDP資料。In response to the determination at 3755, at 3760, the personal audio device 210-c can perform an authentication procedure, an association procedure, and/or a security key exchange procedure with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. At 3765, the personal audio device 210-c can perform a DHCP server negotiation with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. Therefore, at 3760 and 3765, the personal audio device 210-c can connect to the personal wireless communication device 204-a and receive an IP and/or MAC address for direct communication with the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The payload for the authentication procedure and the association procedure at 3760 can be a management packet on Wi-Fi. The payload used for the secure key exchange process and/or DHCP server negotiation at 3760 and 3765 may be UDP data.

在3770處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下。回應於在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下,在3775處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向AP 102-b及/或個人無線通訊設備204-a發送漫遊請求。漫遊請求的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。 At 3770, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamHS ). In response to the link quality of the XPAN wireless communication link on the AP between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link dropping below the second threshold ( LQ roamHS ), at 3775, the personal audio device 210-c may send a roaming request to the AP 102-b and/or the personal wireless communication device 204-a. The bearer of the roaming request may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3780處,個人音訊設備210-c可以將BT控制路徑從TCP切換到BLE(例如,切換到低能量ACL)。用於將BT控制路徑切換到BLE的訊號傳遞的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。在3785處,個人音訊設備210-c可以將音訊承載切換到乙太網路。用於將音訊承載切換到乙太網路的訊號傳遞的承載可以是BLE上的XPAN控制。At 3780, the personal audio device 210-c may switch the BT control path from TCP to BLE (e.g., to low energy ACL). The bearer for signaling the switch of the BT control path to BLE may be XPAN control over BLE. At 3785, the personal audio device 210-c may switch the audio bearer to Ethernet. The bearer for signaling the switch of the audio bearer to Ethernet may be XPAN control over BLE.

在3790處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由XPAN SAP無線通訊鏈路(例如,作為圖18的P2P無線通訊鏈路106-b的P2P無線通訊鏈路)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。At 3790, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via an XPAN SAP wireless communication link (eg, a P2P wireless communication link such as the P2P wireless communication link 106-b of FIG. 18).

類似於圖21的程序流2100,圖38圖示在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的程序流3800的實例。程序流3800包括參考圖3描述的AP 102-b、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c。程序流3800亦可以包括AP 102-c,其可以是本文所述AP 102的實例。在程序流3800的以下描述中,AP 102-b、AP 102-c、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c之間的操作可以以與所示實例順序不同的順序發送,或者由AP 102-b、AP 12-c、個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c執行的操作可以以不同的順序或在不同的時間執行。一些操作亦可以從程序流3800中省略,而其他操作亦可以添加到程序流3800中。由於程序流3800中所示的轉換在斷開在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的連接之前建立在個人音訊設備210-c與第二AP 102-c之間的連接,因此與其中直到斷開到當前AP的連接才進行到新AP的連接的在AP之間的轉換相比,程序流3800中所示的轉換可以減少時延和封包丟失。Similar to the program flow 2100 of FIG. 21 , FIG. 38 illustrates an example of a program flow 3800 for switching between a personal audio device-first AP connection and a personal audio device-second AP connection. The program flow 3800 includes the AP 102-b, the personal wireless communication device 204-a, and the personal audio device 210-c described with reference to FIG. The program flow 3800 may also include the AP 102-c, which may be an example of the AP 102 described herein. In the following description of the program flow 3800, the operations between AP 102-b, AP 102-c, personal wireless communication device 204-a and personal audio device 210-c may be sent in a different order than the order of the example shown, or the operations performed by AP 102-b, AP 102-c, personal wireless communication device 204-a and personal audio device 210-c may be performed in a different order or at a different time. Some operations may also be omitted from the program flow 3800, and other operations may also be added to the program flow 3800. Because the transition shown in program flow 3800 establishes a connection between the personal audio device 210-c and the second AP 102-c before disconnecting the connection between the personal audio device 210-c and AP 102-b, the transition shown in program flow 3800 can reduce latency and packet loss compared to a transition between APs in which a connection to a new AP is not made until the connection to the current AP is disconnected.

在3805處,個人無線通訊設備204-a和個人音訊設備210-c可以經由涉及AP 102-b的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(經由圖20的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c)進行通訊。例如,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以將音訊資料封裝在UDP封包中。At 3805, the personal wireless communication device 204-a and the personal audio device 210-c can communicate via the AP-on-XPAN wireless communication link (via the wireless communication link 106-a and the wireless communication link 106-c of Figure 20) involving AP 102-b. For example, the personal wireless communication device 204-a can encapsulate the audio data in a UDP packet.

在3810處,個人音訊設備210-c可以監測在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(圖20的無線通訊鏈路106-c)的鏈路品質。在3815處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值( LQ assocAP )以下並且個人音訊設備210-c不在個人無線通訊設備204-a的範圍內。 At 3810, the personal audio device 210-c may monitor the link quality of the AP-on-XPAN wireless communication link (wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 20) between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b. At 3815, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that the link quality of the wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link has dropped below a first threshold ( LQ assocAP ) and that the personal audio device 210-c is not within range of the personal wireless communication device 204-a.

在3820處,個人音訊設備210-c可以對通道集合(針對包括AP 102-c在內的AP集合)執行漫遊掃瞄。例如,個人音訊設備210-c可以針對通道集合,量測來自AP102的集合的信標或探測回應的相應RSSI。信標或探測回應的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。在3825處,個人音訊設備210-c可以決定到AP 102-c的連接提供比到AP 102-b的連接更高的效用函數。在存在兩個個人音訊設備(諸如兩個耳塞式耳機)的場景中,主個人音訊設備210-c可以共享對如下的決定:到AP 102-c的連接提供比到AP 102-b的連接更高的效用函數。At 3820, the personal audio device 210-c may perform a roaming scan on a set of channels (for a set of APs including AP 102-c). For example, the personal audio device 210-c may measure the corresponding RSSI of a beacon or probe response from a set of APs 102 for the set of channels. The bearer of the beacon or probe response may be a management packet on Wi-Fi. At 3825, the personal audio device 210-c may determine that a connection to AP 102-c provides a higher utility function than a connection to AP 102-b. In a scenario where there are two personal audio devices (e.g., two earbuds), the primary personal audio device 210-c may share a determination that a connection to AP 102-c provides a higher utility function than a connection to AP 102-b.

在3830處,回應於3825處的決定,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-c的認證程序、關聯程序及/或安全金鑰交換程序。在3835處,個人音訊設備210-c可以執行與AP 102-c的DHCP伺服器協商。因此,在3830和3835處,個人音訊設備210-c可以與AP 102-c連接並且接收用於與AP 102-c通訊的IP及/或MAC位址。用於在3830處的認證程序和關聯程序的承載可以是Wi-Fi上的管理封包。用於在3830和3835處的安全金鑰交換程序及/或DHCP伺服器協商的承載可以是UDP資料。At 3830, in response to the determination at 3825, the personal audio device 210-c may perform an authentication procedure, an association procedure, and/or a security key exchange procedure with the AP 102-c. At 3835, the personal audio device 210-c may perform a DHCP server negotiation with the AP 102-c. Thus, at 3830 and 3835, the personal audio device 210-c may connect to the AP 102-c and receive an IP and/or MAC address for communicating with the AP 102-c. The payload for the authentication procedure and the association procedure at 3830 may be a management packet over Wi-Fi. The payload for the security key exchange procedure and/or the DHCP server negotiation at 3830 and 3835 may be UDP data.

在3840處,個人音訊設備210-c可以向個人無線通訊設備204-a發送指示在3830及/或3835處接收的IP及/或MAC位址的訊號。在3840處的訊號可以經由AP 102-b(例如,經由涉及AP 102-b的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(經由圖20的無線通訊鏈路106-a和無線通訊鏈路106-c))發送。用於在3840處的訊號的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3840, the personal audio device 210-c may send a signal to the personal wireless communication device 204-a indicating the IP and/or MAC address received at 3830 and/or 3835. The signal at 3840 may be sent via the AP 102-b (e.g., via an XPAN on AP wireless communication link (via wireless communication link 106-a and wireless communication link 106-c of FIG. 20) involving the AP 102-b). The bearer for the signal at 3840 may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3845處,個人音訊設備210-c決定在個人音訊設備210-c與AP 102-b鏈路之間的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第二閾值( LQ roamHS )以下。回應於在3845處的決定,個人音訊設備210-c可以用新IP位址建立TCP通訊端(伺服器)。在3850處,個人無線通訊設備204-a可以用新IP位址建立TCP通訊端(客戶端)。在3855處,個人音訊設備210-c可以用新IP位址建立TCP通訊端(伺服器)。 At 3845, the personal audio device 210-c determines that the link quality of the AP-on-XPAN wireless communication link between the personal audio device 210-c and the AP 102-b link has dropped below a second threshold ( LQ roamHS ). In response to the determination at 3845, the personal audio device 210-c may establish a TCP communication end (server) with a new IP address. At 3850, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may establish a TCP communication end (client) with a new IP address. At 3855, the personal audio device 210-c may establish a TCP communication end (server) with a new IP address.

回應於3845處的決定,在3860處,個人音訊設備210-c可以發送指示期望的目的地AP(AP 102-c)的漫遊請求。漫遊請求3860可以經由AP 102-c和AP 102-b(例如,經由多跳)而發送給個人無線通訊設備204-a。漫遊請求的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。在3865處,回應於漫遊請求,AP 102-b可以執行網格學習或無線分發系統(WDS)。WDS可以指網路中的AP 102學習如何向/從封包的最終目的地路由封包。In response to the decision at 3845, at 3860, the personal audio device 210-c can send a roaming request indicating the desired destination AP (AP 102-c). The roaming request 3860 can be sent to the personal wireless communication device 204-a via AP 102-c and AP 102-b (e.g., via multiple hops). The bearer of the roaming request can be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP. At 3865, in response to the roaming request, AP 102-b can perform grid learning or wireless distribution system (WDS). WDS can refer to AP 102 in the network learning how to route packets to/from the final destination of the packet.

在3870處,個人音訊設備210-c可以將BT控制切換到在3850處建立的新TCP通訊端。用於將BT控制切換到新TCP通訊端的訊號傳遞的承載可以是Wi-Fi TCP上的XPAN控制。At 3870, the personal audio device 210-c may switch BT control to the new TCP socket established at 3850. The bearer for signaling to switch BT control to the new TCP socket may be XPAN control over Wi-Fi TCP.

在3875處,由於切換到新AP(AP 102-c)(這可能增加時延),個人無線通訊設備204-a可以增加音訊時延、降低音訊位元速率、及/或暫停傳輸量。對音訊時延、音訊位元速率或傳輸量的調整可以是用例特定的。At 3875, the personal wireless communication device 204-a may increase audio latency, reduce audio bit rate, and/or suspend transmission due to switching to the new AP (AP 102-c), which may increase latency. Adjustments to audio latency, audio bit rate, or transmission may be use case specific.

在3880處,個人音訊設備210-c可以經由新的AP上XPAN無線通訊鏈路(經由多跳經由AP 102-c和AP 102-b)與個人無線通訊設備204-a進行通訊。At 3880, the personal audio device 210-c may communicate with the personal wireless communication device 204-a via the new AP-on-XPAN wireless communication link (via multiple hops via AP 102-c and AP 102-b).

下文提供了本案內容的一些態樣的概述:The following provides an overview of some aspects of the case:

態樣1:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於該P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 1: A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receiving an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP from an AP associated with the second wireless communication device; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

態樣2:根據態樣1所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,執行與該AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Aspect 2: The method according to aspect 1 also includes: in response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

態樣3:根據態樣2所述的方法,亦包括:在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Aspect 3: The method according to aspect 2 also includes: receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link drops below a second threshold.

態樣4:根據態樣3所述的方法,亦包括:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Aspect 4: The method according to aspect 3 also includes: receiving an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device together with the message.

態樣5:根據態樣2至4中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求;回應於該請求,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果;及回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與該AP的該關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Aspect 5: The method according to any one of aspects 2 to 4 also includes: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, sending a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; in response to the request, receiving a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the channel scan result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link satisfies a third threshold, executing the association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

態樣6:根據態樣5所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該請求,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP;及回應於該通道掃瞄結果集合,從該AP集合中選擇該AP。Aspect 6: The method according to aspect 5 also includes: in response to the request, receiving a channel scanning result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an AP set from a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, the AP set including the AP; and in response to the channel scanning result set, selecting the AP from the AP set.

態樣7:根據態樣2至6中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從該AP接收信標;使用該信標來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質;及回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,與該AP執行該關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Aspect 7: The method according to any one of aspects 2 to 6 also includes: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, receiving a beacon from the AP on the second wireless communication link; using the beacon to determine the second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and in response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, performing the association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

態樣8:根據態樣2至7中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,向該AP發送探測請求;回應於該探測請求,從該AP接收探測回應;使用該探測回應來決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質;及回應於第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值,執行與該AP的該關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Aspect 8: The method according to any one of aspects 2 to 7 also includes: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, sending a probe request to the AP; in response to the probe request, receiving a probe response from the AP; using the probe response to determine a second link quality of a second wireless communication link; and in response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, executing the association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

態樣9:根據態樣2至8中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對第一無線通訊設備的該IP位址或MAC位址的指示。Aspect 9: The method according to any one of aspects 2 to 8 further includes: sending an indication of the IP address or MAC address of the first wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣10:根據態樣2至9中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送對該AP的指示。Aspect 10: The method according to any one of aspects 2 to 9 further includes: in response to the quality of the first link falling below a second threshold, sending an indication to the AP to the third wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device.

態樣11:根據態樣1至10中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該漫遊指示,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Aspect 11: The method according to any one of aspects 1 to 10 further includes: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣12:根據態樣1至11中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質;及回應於決定第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質,執行與該AP的關聯程序以接收該IP位址。Aspect 12: The method according to any one of aspects 1 to 11 also includes: determining, based on the utility function, that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than the first link quality; and in response to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality, executing an association procedure with the AP to receive the IP address.

態樣13:根據態樣12所述的方法,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。Aspect 13: The method according to aspect 12, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣14:根據態樣12至13中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該關聯程序,將該P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。Aspect 14: The method according to any one of aspects 12 to 13, further comprising: in response to the association procedure, switching the channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link.

態樣15:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,從第一無線通訊設備接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的該P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 15: A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising: when communicating with the first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; in response to receiving at least one IP address of the first wireless communication device, When the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device drops below a first threshold, a roaming indication is communicated with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, data is communicated with the first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device.

態樣16:根據態樣15所述的方法,亦包括:在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息,對該IP位址的接收是回應於該訊息的。Aspect 16: The method according to aspect 15 also includes: sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold, and receiving the IP address is in response to the message.

態樣17:根據態樣16所述的方法,亦包括:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Aspect 17: The method according to aspect 16 also includes: sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device together with the message.

態樣18:根據態樣15至17中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收針對與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的請求;回應於該請求,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送與第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果,對該IP位址的接收是回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質滿足第三閾值的。Aspect 18: The method according to any one of aspects 15 to 17 also includes: in response to the first link quality dropping below a second threshold, receiving a request for a channel scan result associated with a second wireless communication link from the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; in response to the request, sending the channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, and receiving the IP address in response to the channel scan result indicating that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold.

態樣19:根據態樣18所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該請求,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對與AP集合相對應的無線通訊鏈路集合的通道掃瞄結果集合,該AP集合包括該AP。Aspect 19: The method according to aspect 18 also includes: in response to the request, sending a channel scanning result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an AP set to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link, the AP set including the AP.

態樣20:根據態樣15至19中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該漫遊指示,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Aspect 20: The method according to any one of aspects 15 to 19, further comprising: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣21:根據態樣15至20中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於對該IP位址的接收,將該P2P無線通訊鏈路的通道切換到與第二無線通訊鏈路相同的通道。Aspect 21: The method according to any one of aspects 15 to 20, further comprising: in response to receiving the IP address, switching the channel of the P2P wireless communication link to the same channel as the second wireless communication link.

態樣22:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從第二無線通訊設備接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備和與第二無線通訊設備相關聯的AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的、用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址的指示;回應於該P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 22: A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising: when communicating with a second wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, receiving from the second wireless communication device an indication of an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP associated with the second wireless communication device; in response to a first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP.

態樣23:根據態樣22所述的方法,亦包括:在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Aspect 23: The method according to aspect 22 also includes: receiving a message from a second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link drops below a second threshold.

態樣24:根據態樣23所述的方法,亦包括:與該訊息一起接收對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Aspect 24: The method according to aspect 23 also includes: receiving an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device together with the message.

態樣25:根據態樣22至24中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該漫遊指示,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Aspect 25: The method according to any one of aspects 22 to 24 further includes: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣26:根據態樣22至25中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:根據效用函數,決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質,對該漫遊指示的發送是回應於決定第二鏈路品質優於第一鏈路品質的。Aspect 26: The method according to any one of aspects 22 to 25 also includes: determining, based on the utility function, that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than the first link quality, and sending the roaming indication is in response to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality.

態樣27:根據態樣26所述的方法,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。Aspect 27: The method according to aspect 26, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣28:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:當在P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與AP進行通訊時,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址來執行與AP的關聯程序,以接收針對在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線設備發送該IP位址;回應於在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質下降到第一閾值以下,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對漫遊指示的通訊;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址經由第三無線通訊鏈路以及該AP來與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 28: A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising: when communicating with a first wireless communication device on a P2P wireless communication link, and when communicating with an AP on a third wireless communication link, using a MAC address for the first wireless communication device to perform an association procedure with the AP to receive an IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; The invention relates to a method for transmitting a roaming instruction to a first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and the AP, wherein the IP address of the first wireless communication device is sent to the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link; in response to a link quality of a P2P wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming instruction with the first wireless communication device through the P2P wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming instruction, communicating data with the first wireless communication device through a third wireless communication link and the AP using the IP address used for the first wireless communication device.

態樣29:根據態樣28所述的方法,亦包括:在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送指示第一鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下的訊息。Aspect 29: The method according to aspect 28 also includes: sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link drops below a second threshold.

態樣30:根據態樣29所述的方法,亦包括:與該訊息一起發送對用於第二無線通訊設備的服務AP的指示。Aspect 30: The method according to aspect 29 also includes: sending an indication of a serving AP for the second wireless communication device together with the message.

態樣31:根據態樣28至30中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該漫遊指示,在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對解除關聯訊息的通訊。Aspect 31: The method according to any one of aspects 28 to 30, further comprising: in response to the roaming indication, communicating a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣32:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由該AP和在該AP與第二無線通訊設備之間的第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收信標或探測回應;回應於該P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第二無線通訊設備的關聯程序,第一鏈路品質是使用該信標或該探測回應來偵測的;回應於該關聯程序來針對第二無線通訊鏈路向該AP發送解除關聯訊息;及在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 32: A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising: while communicating with the second wireless communication device via a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a third wireless communication link between the AP and the second wireless communication device, receiving a beacon or a probe response from the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link; A first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfies a first threshold, an association procedure with a second wireless communication device is performed for the P2P wireless communication link, and the first link quality is detected using the beacon or the detection response; a disassociation message is sent to the AP for the second wireless communication link in response to the association procedure; and data is communicated with the second wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣33:根據態樣32所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,監測該P2P無線通訊鏈路上的該信標。Aspect 33: The method according to aspect 32 further includes: in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, monitoring the beacon on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣34:根據態樣32至33中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和該AP發送探測請求,對該探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。Aspect 34: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 33 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, sending a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP, and receiving the probe response in response to the probe request.

態樣35:根據態樣32至34中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:在經由第二無線通訊鏈路以及經由該AP和第三無線通訊鏈路與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時週期性地監測來自第二無線通訊設備的信標,對該信標的接收是回應於週期性監測的。Aspect 35: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 34, further comprising: periodically monitoring a beacon from a second wireless communication device when communicating with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and via the AP and a third wireless communication link, wherein reception of the beacon is responsive to the periodic monitoring.

態樣36:根據態樣32至35中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和該AP向第二無線通訊設備發送關於第二鏈路品質已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示;及回應於該指示,經由該AP和第二無線通訊鏈路從第二無線通訊設備接收針對該信標的排程資訊,對該信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。Aspect 36: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 35 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, sending an indication to the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality has dropped below the second threshold; and in response to the indication, receiving scheduling information for the beacon from the second wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

態樣37:根據態樣32至36中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在該BT無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求;及在該BT無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收針對該信標的排程資訊,對該信標的接收是根據該排程資訊的。Aspect 37: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 36 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a request for connection to the second wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link; and receiving scheduling information for the beacon from the second wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link, and receiving the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

態樣38:根據態樣32至37中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上向第二無線通訊設備發送探測請求,對該探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。Aspect 38: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 37 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, sending a probe request to the second wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and receiving the probe response is in response to the probe request.

態樣39:根據態樣32至38中任一項所述的方法,其中該P2P無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值包括:根據效用函數,決定第一鏈路品質優於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質。Aspect 39: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 38, wherein the first link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfies the first threshold, including: determining, based on a utility function, that the first link quality is better than the second link quality of the second wireless communication link.

態樣40:根據態樣39所述的方法,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型、針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路的偏置因數。Aspect 40: The method according to aspect 39, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the P2P wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣41:根據態樣32至40中任一項所述的方法,其中發送該解除關聯訊息包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,發送該解除關聯訊息。Aspect 41: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 40, wherein sending the disassociation message comprises: sending the disassociation message in response to a second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold.

態樣42:根據態樣32至41中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質滿足第一閾值,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二無線通訊設備的第二關聯程序的指示。Aspect 42: The method according to any one of aspects 32 to 41 also includes: in response to the first link quality satisfying the first threshold, sending an instruction to the third wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second association procedure with the second wireless communication device.

態樣43:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:在經由在第二無線通訊設備與AP之間的第三無線通訊鏈路以及經由該AP和在第一無線通訊設備與該AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,在P2P無線通訊鏈路上發送信標或探測回應;回應於該P2P無線通訊鏈路的鏈路品質滿足閾值,針對該P2P無線通訊鏈路執行與第一無線通訊設備的關聯程序;及在該P2P無線通訊鏈路上與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 43: A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising: sending a beacon or a detection response on a P2P wireless communication link when communicating with a first wireless communication device via a third wireless communication link between the second wireless communication device and an AP and via the AP and a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the AP; executing an association procedure with the first wireless communication device for the P2P wireless communication link in response to the link quality of the P2P wireless communication link satisfying a threshold; and communicating data with the first wireless communication device on the P2P wireless communication link.

態樣44:根據態樣43所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和該AP從第一無線通訊設備接收關於第二鏈路品質已經下降到第二閾值以下的指示;及回應於該指示,經由該AP和第二無線通訊鏈路向第一無線通訊設備發送針對該信標的排程資訊,對該信標的發送是根據該排程資訊的。Aspect 44: The method according to aspect 43 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, receiving an indication from the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the AP that the second link quality has dropped below the second threshold; and in response to the indication, sending scheduling information for the beacon to the first wireless communication device via the AP and the second wireless communication link, and sending the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

態樣45:根據態樣43至44中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和該AP接收探測請求,對該探測回應的發送是回應於該探測請求的。Aspect 45: The method according to any one of aspects 43 to 44 further includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link falling below a second threshold, receiving a probe request via the second wireless communication link and the AP, and sending the probe response in response to the probe request.

態樣46:根據態樣43至45中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在該BT無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收對與第二無線通訊設備連接的請求;及在該BT無線通訊鏈路上向第一無線通訊設備發送針對該信標的排程資訊,對該信標的發送是是根據該排程資訊的。Aspect 46: The method according to any one of aspects 43 to 45 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of a BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a request for connection to the second wireless communication device from the first wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link; and sending scheduling information for the beacon to the first wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link, wherein the sending of the beacon is based on the scheduling information.

態樣47:根據態樣43至46中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質下降到第二閾值以下,並且亦回應於決定第二無線通訊設備在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路的範圍內,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第一無線通訊設備接收探測請求,對該探測回應的發送是回應於該探測請求的。Aspect 47: The method according to any one of aspects 43 to 46 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link dropping below a second threshold, and also in response to determining that the second wireless communication device is within the range of the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, receiving a probe request from the first wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and sending the probe response in response to the probe request.

態樣48:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:在經由在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP與第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到閾值以下,在第二無線通訊鏈路上從第二AP接收信標或探測回應;回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,執行與第二AP的關聯程序以接收針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的IP位址;回應於該關聯程序而經由第一無線通訊鏈路和第一AP向第二無線通訊設備發送對該IP位址的指示;回應於對該IP位址的發送而針對第一無線通訊鏈路向第一AP發送解除關聯訊息;及回應於對該解除關聯IP訊息的發送而經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 48: A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising: in communicating via a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and a first AP and the first AP and a second wireless communication device, in response to a first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below a threshold, receiving a beacon or a probe response from a second AP on a second wireless communication link; in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, performing a connection with the second AP; The invention relates to a method for transmitting data from a wireless communication device to a first wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to the association procedure; transmitting an indication of the IP address to the second wireless communication device via the first wireless communication link and the first AP in response to the association procedure; transmitting a disassociation message to the first AP for the first wireless communication link in response to the transmission of the IP address; and communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to the transmission of the disassociation IP message.

態樣49:根據態樣48所述的方法,其中接收該信標包括:接收來自AP集合的信標集合,該AP集合包括第二AP,並且該信標集合包括該信標。Aspect 49: The method according to aspect 48, wherein receiving the beacon comprises: receiving a set of beacons from an AP set, the AP set including the second AP, and the set of beacons including the beacon.

態樣50:根據態樣49所述的方法,亦包括:基於使用該信標集合決定的與該AP集合的相應無線通訊鏈路的相應鏈路品質,從該AP集合中選擇該第二AP。Aspect 50: The method according to aspect 49 also includes: selecting the second AP from the AP set based on the corresponding link quality of the corresponding wireless communication link with the AP set determined using the beacon set.

態樣51:根據態樣48至50中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一無線通訊鏈路的第一鏈路品質下降到該閾值以下,向第二AP發送探測請求,對該探測回應的接收是回應於該探測請求的。Aspect 51: The method according to any one of aspects 48 to 50 also includes: in response to the first link quality of the first wireless communication link falling below the threshold, sending a probe request to the second AP, and receiving the probe response in response to the probe request.

態樣52:根據態樣48至51中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第一鏈路品質下降到該閾值以下,在第三無線通訊鏈路上從第二無線通訊設備接收第二信標,接收該信標是回應於使用第二信標決定的在第一無線通訊設備與第二無線通訊設備之間的無線通訊鏈路的第三鏈路品質低於第三閾值的。Aspect 52: The method according to any one of aspects 48 to 51 also includes: in response to the first link quality dropping below the threshold, receiving a second beacon from the second wireless communication device on a third wireless communication link, wherein receiving the beacon is in response to the third link quality of the wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device determined using the second beacon being lower than a third threshold.

態樣53:根據態樣48至52中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於根據效用函數決定第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質和第三鏈路品質,執行該關聯程序。Aspect 53: The method according to any one of aspects 48 to 52 also includes: in response to determining that the second link quality of the second wireless communication link is higher than the first link quality and the third link quality according to the utility function, executing the association procedure.

態樣54:根據態樣53所述的方法,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的通道類型,以及針對第一無線通訊鏈路和第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值。Aspect 54: The method according to aspect 53, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a received signal strength indicator value for each of the first wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link.

態樣55:根據態樣48至54中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於第二無線通訊鏈路的第二鏈路品質高於第一鏈路品質,在第一無線通訊設備與第三無線通訊設備之間的BT無線通訊鏈路上向第三無線通訊設備發送針對第三無線通訊設備執行與第二AP的第二關聯程序的指示。Aspect 55: The method according to any one of aspects 48 to 54 also includes: in response to the second link quality of the second wireless communication link being higher than the first link quality, sending an instruction to the third wireless communication device on the BT wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device to execute a second association procedure with the second AP for the third wireless communication device.

態樣56:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括:在經由第一AP以及在第一無線通訊設備與第一AP之間的第一無線通訊鏈路並且使用針對第一無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第一IP位址與第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,接收對針對在第一無線通訊設備與第二AP之間的第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的第二IP位址的指示,對第二IP位址的該指示是經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路接收的;經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收漫遊指示;及回應於該漫遊指示,使用第二IP位址經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。Aspect 56: A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising: while communicating with the first wireless communication device via a first AP and a first wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the first AP and using a first IP address for the first wireless communication device for the first wireless communication link, receiving an indication of a second IP address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second AP, the indication of the second IP address being received via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; receiving a roaming indication from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link; and in response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP using the second IP address.

態樣57:根據態樣56所述的方法,亦包括:經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路從第一無線設備接收對針對第二無線通訊鏈路的用於第一無線通訊設備的MAC位址的指示,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊亦使用該MAC位址。Aspect 57: The method according to aspect 56 also includes: receiving an indication of a MAC address for the first wireless communication device for the second wireless communication link from the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link, and the communication of data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP also uses the MAC address.

態樣58:根據態樣56至57中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:經由第一AP和第一無線通訊鏈路向第一無線設備發送回應於該漫遊指示的確認,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊是回應於該確認的。Aspect 58: The method according to any one of aspects 56 to 57 also includes: sending a confirmation in response to the roaming indication to the first wireless device via the first AP and the first wireless communication link, and communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP in response to the confirmation.

態樣59:根據態樣56至58中任一項所述的方法,亦包括:回應於該漫遊指示而調整音訊時延或音訊位元速率中的至少一者,經由第二無線通訊鏈路和第二AP與第一無線通訊設備進行的對資料的通訊使用經調整的音訊時延或經調整的音訊位元速率。Aspect 59: The method according to any one of aspects 56 to 58 also includes: adjusting at least one of the audio delay or the audio bit rate in response to the roaming indication, and using the adjusted audio delay or the adjusted audio bit rate for data communication with the first wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the second AP.

態樣60:一種第一無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備執行根據態樣1至14中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 60: A first wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 1 to 14.

態樣61:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣1至14中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 61: An apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 1 to 14.

態樣62:一種儲存用於第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣1至14中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 62: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 1 to 14.

態樣63:一種第二無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備執行根據態樣15至21中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 63: A second wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 15 to 21.

態樣64:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣15至21中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 64: An apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 15 to 21.

態樣65:一種儲存用於第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣15至21中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 65: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 15 to 21.

態樣66:一種第一無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備執行根據態樣22至27中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 66: A first wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 22 to 27.

態樣67:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣22至27中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 67: An apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 22 to 27.

態樣68:一種儲存用於第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣22至27中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 68: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 22 to 27.

態樣69:一種第二無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備執行根據態樣28至31中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 69: A second wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 28 to 31.

態樣70:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣28至31中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 70: An apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 28 to 31.

態樣71:一種儲存用於第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣28至31中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 71: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 28 to 31.

態樣72:一種第一無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備執行根據態樣32至42中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 72: A first wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 32 to 42.

態樣73:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣32至42中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 73: An apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 32 to 42.

態樣74:一種儲存用於第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣32至42中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 74: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 32 to 42.

態樣75:一種第二無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備執行根據態樣43至47中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 75: A second wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 43 to 47.

態樣76:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣43至47中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 76: An apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method described in any one of aspects 43 to 47.

態樣77:一種儲存用於第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣43至47中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 77: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 43 to 47.

態樣78:一種第一無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第一無線通訊設備執行根據態樣48至55中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 78: A first wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 48 to 55.

態樣79:一種用於在第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣48至55中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 79: An apparatus for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for performing the method described in any one of aspects 48 to 55.

態樣80:一種儲存用於第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣48至55中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 80: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 48 to 55.

態樣81:一種第二無線通訊設備,包括:處理系統,該處理系統包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使第二無線通訊設備執行根據態樣56至59中任一項所述的方法。Aspect 81: A second wireless communication device, comprising: a processing system, the processing system comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to enable the second wireless communication device to execute the method described in any one of aspects 56 to 59.

態樣82:一種用於在第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的裝置,包括用於執行根據態樣56至59中任一項所述的方法的至少一個單元。Aspect 82: An apparatus for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising at least one unit for executing the method according to any one of aspects 56 to 59.

態樣83:一種儲存用於第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的代碼的非暫時性電腦可讀取媒體,該代碼包括由處理器可執行以執行根據態樣56至59中任一項所述的方法的指令。Aspect 83: A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, the code comprising instructions executable by a processor to perform the method according to any one of aspects 56 to 59.

如本文所用,術語「決定」(determine)或「決定」(determining)包含各種各樣的操作,因此,「決定」(determining)可以包括計算(calculating)、計算(computing)、處理、推導、調查、檢視(例如,經由在表格、資料庫或另一資料結構中檢視)、推理、斷定、量測等。此外,「決定」可以包括接收(諸如接收資訊)、存取(諸如存取儲存在記憶體中的資料)、發送(諸如發送資訊)等。此外,「決定」亦可以包括解決、選擇、獲得、挑選、建立和其他類似行為。As used herein, the term "determine" or "determining" includes a wide variety of operations, and thus, "determining" may include calculating, computing, processing, inferring, investigating, viewing (e.g., by viewing in a table, database, or another data structure), reasoning, determining, measuring, etc. In addition, "determining" may include receiving (e.g., receiving information), accessing (e.g., accessing data stored in a memory), sending (e.g., sending information), etc. In addition, "determining" may also include solving, selecting, obtaining, choosing, establishing, and other similar actions.

如本文所使用的,提到項目列表「中的至少一項」的短語代表這些項目的任何組合,包括單一成員。例如,「a、b或c中的至少一個」意欲覆蓋:a、b、c、a-b、a-c、b-c和a-b-c。如本文所使用的,除非另外明確地指示,否則「或者」意欲說明包含性的。例如,「a或b」可以包括僅a、僅b或a和b的組合。As used herein, a phrase referring to "at least one of" a list of items represents any combination of those items, including single members. For example, "at least one of a, b, or c" is intended to cover: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, and a-b-c. As used herein, "or" is intended to be inclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise. For example, "a or b" may include only a, only b, or a combination of a and b.

在一些實現方式中,多個記憶體中的一或多個記憶體可以被配置為儲存處理器可執行代碼,該處理器可執行代碼在被執行時可以將多個處理器中的一或多個處理器配置為執行本文描述的各種功能(作為處理系統的一部分)。在一些其他實現方式中,處理系統可以被預配置成執行本文描述的各種功能。In some implementations, one or more memories of the plurality of memories may be configured to store processor executable code that, when executed, may configure one or more processors of the plurality of processors to perform the various functions described herein (as part of a processing system). In some other implementations, the processing system may be preconfigured to perform the various functions described herein.

本文描述的功能可以用硬體、由處理器執行的軟體、韌體或其任何組合來實現。若在由處理器執行的軟體中實現,則該等功能可以作為一或多個指令或代碼儲存在電腦可讀取媒體上或經由電腦可讀取媒體進行發送。其他實例和實現方式在本案內容及所附請求項的範疇內。例如,由於軟體的性質,本文中描述的功能可以是使用由處理器執行的軟體、硬體、韌體、硬接線或這些項中的任何項的組合來實現的。實現功能的特徵亦可以在實體上位於各個位置處,包括是分散式的使得功能中的各部分功能是在不同的實體位置處實現的。此外,如本文所使用的,包括在請求項中如條目列表中所使用的「或」(例如,在前面冠以諸如「至少其中之一」或「其中的一或多個」的短語的條目的列表)指示包含性列表,使得例如,A、B、或C中的至少一個的列表意味著A、或B、或C、或AB、或AC、或BC、或ABC(亦即,A和B和C)。此外,如本文所使用的,短語「基於」不應當被解釋為是對封閉條件集合的引用。例如,在不脫離本案內容的範疇的前提下,被描述為「基於條件A」的示例性步驟可以基於條件A和條件B二者。換句話說,如本文所使用的,除非另外明確地指示,否則短語「基於」應當以與短語「至少部分地基於」、「與……相關聯」或「根據……」相同的方式來解釋。具體地,除非短語引用「僅基於'a'」或上下文中的均等物,否則無論是「基於'a'」還是「至少部分地基於'a'」,皆可以單獨基於「a」或基於「a」和一或多個其他因素、條件或資訊的組合。The functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, the functions may be stored as one or more instructions or codes on a computer-readable medium or sent via a computer-readable medium. Other examples and implementations are within the scope of the present case and the attached claims. For example, due to the nature of software, the functions described herein may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hard wiring, or a combination of any of these items. Features that implement the functions may also be physically located at various locations, including being distributed so that portions of the functions are implemented at different physical locations. In addition, as used herein, "or" as used in a list of terms, including in a claim (e.g., a list of terms preceded by a phrase such as "at least one of" or "one or more of") indicates an inclusive list, so that, for example, a list of at least one of A, B, or C means A, or B, or C, or AB, or AC, or BC, or ABC (i.e., A and B and C). In addition, as used herein, the phrase "based on" should not be interpreted as a reference to a closed set of conditions. For example, an exemplary step described as "based on condition A" can be based on both condition A and condition B without departing from the scope of the present case. In other words, as used herein, unless expressly indicated otherwise, the phrase "based on" should be interpreted in the same manner as the phrases "based at least in part on," "associated with...", or "according to..." Specifically, unless the phrase refers to "based solely on 'a'" or an equivalent in context, whether "based on 'a'" or "based at least in part on 'a'" can be based on "a" alone or on a combination of "a" and one or more other factors, conditions, or information.

結合在本文中揭示的實例描述的各種說明性的部件、邏輯、邏輯區塊、模組、電路、操作和演算法程序可以實現為電子硬體、韌體、軟體、或者硬體、韌體或軟體的組合,包括在本說明書中揭示的結構和其結構均等物。已經圍繞功能整體上描述了以及在上文描述的各種說明性的部件、方塊、模組、電路和程序中圖示硬體、韌體和軟體的可互換性。至於此類功能是在硬體、韌體還是軟體中實現,取決於特定的應用以及施加在整個系統上的設計約束。The various illustrative components, logic, logic blocks, modules, circuits, operations, and algorithmic procedures described in conjunction with the examples disclosed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, firmware, software, or a combination of hardware, firmware, or software, including the structures disclosed in this specification and their structural equivalents. The interchangeability of hardware, firmware, and software has been described overall around functionality and illustrated in the various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and procedures described above. Whether such functionality is implemented in hardware, firmware, or software depends on the specific application and the design constraints imposed on the overall system.

對在本案內容中描述的實例的各種修改對於本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者而言可以是顯而易見的,以及在不背離本案內容的精神或範疇的情況下,在本文中定義的通用原理可以應用到其他實例。因此,請求項不意欲限於本文中示出的實例,而是被賦予與本案內容、本文揭示的原理和新穎特徵相一致的最廣範疇。Various modifications to the examples described in the present invention may be obvious to those skilled in the art, and the general principles defined herein may be applied to other examples without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention. Therefore, the claims are not intended to be limited to the examples shown herein, but are to be given the broadest scope consistent with the present invention, the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

另外,在本說明書中在分開的實例的背景下描述的各個特徵亦可以在單個實現方式中組合地實現。相反地,在單個實現方式的背景下描述的各個特徵亦可以是在多種實例中單獨地或以任何適當的子群組合來實現的。照此,儘管上文可能將特徵描述為以特定組合來採取動作,以及甚至最初是照此主張保護的,但是在一些情況中,來自主張保護的組合的一或多個特徵可以從該組合中去除,以及所主張保護的組合可以針對於子群組合或者子群組合的變體。In addition, various features described in this specification in the context of separate examples may also be implemented in combination in a single implementation. Conversely, various features described in the context of a single implementation may also be implemented in multiple examples individually or in any appropriate subgroup combination. As such, although features may be described above as acting in a particular combination, and even initially claimed as such, in some cases one or more features from a claimed combination may be removed from the combination, and the claimed combination may be directed to a subgroup combination or a variation of a subgroup combination.

類似地,儘管在附圖中以特定的次序圖示了操作,但是這不應當理解為主張此類操作以所示的特定次序或者以順序次序來執行或者執行所有示出的操作來實現期望的結果。此外,附圖可以以流程圖或程式方塊圖的形式示意性地示出一或多個實例程序。然而,未圖示的其他操作可以併入示意性地示出的實例程序中。例如,一或多個另外的操作可以在所示出的操作中的任何操作之前、之後、同時或在其之間執行。在一些情況中,多工和並行處理可能是有優勢的。此外,在上文描述的實例中對各個系統部件的分離不應當被理解為在全部的實例中主張此類分離,以及應當理解的是所描述的程式部件和系統通常可以一起整合在單個軟體產品中,或封裝到多個軟體產品中。Similarly, although operations are illustrated in a particular order in the accompanying drawings, this should not be understood as advocating that such operations be performed in the particular order shown or in a sequential order or that all operations shown be performed to achieve the desired result. In addition, the accompanying drawings may schematically illustrate one or more example programs in the form of a flow chart or a program block diagram. However, other operations not illustrated may be incorporated into the schematically illustrated example programs. For example, one or more additional operations may be performed before, after, simultaneously, or between any of the operations shown. In some cases, multiplexing and parallel processing may be advantageous. Furthermore, the separation of individual system components in the examples described above should not be understood as advocating such separation in all examples, and it should be understood that the described program components and systems can generally be integrated together in a single software product, or packaged into multiple software products.

100:無線通訊網路 102:AP 102-a:AP 102-b:AP 102-c:AP 104:STA 106:通訊鏈路 106-a:通訊鏈路 106-b:通訊鏈路 106-c:通訊鏈路 108:覆蓋區域 110:直接無線通訊鏈路 200:XPAN場景 204:個人無線通訊設備 204-a:個人無線通訊設備 205:蜂巢基地台 210-a:個人音訊設備 210-b:個人音訊設備 210-c:個人音訊設備 215:應用伺服器 220:XPAN場景 225:XPAN場景 230:XPAN場景 300:第一時間 305:第二時間 310:2.4G範圍 315:5G/6G範圍 320:2.4G範圍 325:5G/6G範圍 400:第一時間 405:第二時間 500:第一時間 505:第二時間 510:2.4G範圍 515:5G/6G範圍 600:XPAN場景 700:XPAN場景 800:XPAN場景 810:通訊範圍 900:XPAN場景 905:XPAN場景 1000:XPAN場景 1100:XPAN場景 1105:XPAN場景 1110:區域 1115:區域 1120:區域 1200:XPAN場景 1210:區域 1215:區域 1220:區域 1225:區域 1300:XPAN場景 1305:箭頭 1310:箭頭 1315:箭頭 1400:程序流 1405:程序 1410:程序 1415:程序 1420:程序 1425:程序 1430:程序 1435:程序 1440:程序 1445:程序 1450:程序 1455:程序 1460:程序 1465:程序 1470:程序 1475:程序 1480:程序 1500:程序流 1505:程序 1510:程序 1515:程序 1520:程序 1525:程序 1530:程序 1535:程序 1540:程序 1545:程序 1550:程序 1555:程序 1560:程序 1565:程序 1570:程序 1575:程序 1580:程序 1585:程序 1590:程序 1595:程序 1600:XPAN場景 1605:箭頭 1610:箭頭 1615:箭頭 1700:程序流 1705:程序 1710:程序 1715:程序 1720:程序 1725:程序 1730:程序 1735:程序 1740:程序 1745:程序 1746:程序 1750:程序 1755:程序 1760:程序 1765:程序 1770:程序 1775:程序 1800:XPAN場景 1805:箭頭 1810:箭頭 1815:箭頭 1900:程序流 1905:程序 1910:程序 1915:程序 1920:程序 1925:程序 1930:程序 1935:程序 1940:程序 1945:程序 1950:程序 1955:程序 1960:程序 2000:XPAN場景 2005:箭頭 2010:箭頭 2015:箭頭 2100:程序流 2105:程序 2110:程序 2115:程序 2120:程序 2125:程序 2130:程序 2135:程序 2140:程序 2145:程序 2150:程序 2155:程序 2160:程序 2200:方塊圖 2205:設備 2210:接收器 2215:發射器 2220:通訊管理器 2300:方塊圖 2305:設備 2310:接收器 2315:發射器 2320:通訊管理器 2325:IP位址管理器 2330:漫遊指示管理器 2335:AP鏈路通訊管理器 2340:鏈路品質管制器 2345:信標/探測管理器 2350:HS關聯程序管理器 2355:解除關聯管理器 2360:P2P鏈路通訊管理器 2400:方塊圖 2420:通訊管理器 2425:IP位址管理器 2430:漫遊指示管理器 2435:AP鏈路通訊管理器 2440:鏈路品質管制器 2445:信標/探測管理器 2450:HS關聯程序管理器 2455:解除關聯管理器 2460:P2P鏈路通訊管理器 2465:AP關聯程序管理器 2470:效用函數管理器 2475:通道掃瞄管理器 2480:BT管理器 2485:AP選擇管理器 2500:系統 2505:設備 2510:I/O控制器 2515:收發機 2520:通訊管理器 2525:天線 2530:記憶體 2535:代碼 2540:處理器 2545:匯流排 2600:方法 2605:方塊 2610:方塊 2615:方塊 2700:方法 2705:方塊 2710:方塊 2715:方塊 2800:方法 2805:方塊 2810:方塊 2815:方塊 2900:方法 2905:方塊 2910:方塊 2915:方塊 2920:方塊 3000:方法 3005:方塊 3010:方塊 3015:方塊 3020:方塊 3100:方法 3105:方塊 3110:方塊 3115:方塊 3200:方法 3205:方塊 3210:方塊 3215:方塊 3220:方塊 3225:方塊 3300:方法 3305:方塊 3310:方塊 3315:方塊 3400:程序流 3405:程序 3410:程序 3415:程序 3420:程序 3425:程序 3430:程序 3435:程序 3440:程序 3445:程序 3450:程序 3455:程序 3460:程序 3465:程序 3470:程序 3475:程序 3480:程序 3485:程序 3500:程序流 3505:程序 3510:程序 3515:程序 3520:程序 3525:程序 3530:程序 3535:程序 3540:程序 3545:程序 3550:程序 3555:程序 3560:程序 3565:程序 3570:程序 3575:程序 3580:程序 3585:程序 3590:程序 3595:程序 3600:程序流 3605:程序 3610:程序 3615:程序 3620:程序 3625:程序 3630:程序 3635:程序 3640:程序 3645:程序 3650:程序 3655:程序 3660:程序 3665:程序 3670:程序 3675:程序 3680:程序 3700:程序流 3705:程序 3710:程序 3715:程序 3720:程序 3725:程序 3730:程序 3735:程序 3740:程序 3745:程序 3750:程序 3755:程序 3760:程序 3765:程序 3770:程序 3775:程序 3780:程序 3785:程序 3790:程序 3800:程序流 3805:程序 3810:程序 3815:程序 3820:程序 3825:程序 3830:程序 3835:程序 3840:程序 3845:程序 3850:程序 3855:程序 3860:程序 3865:程序 3870:程序 3875:程序 3880:程序 a 0:無線通訊鏈路 a 1:無線通訊鏈路 a 2:無線通訊鏈路 b 0:無線通訊鏈路 b 1:無線通訊鏈路 b 2:無線通訊鏈路 b' 2:無線通訊鏈路 b 3:無線通訊鏈路 100: Wireless communication network 102: AP 102-a: AP 102-b: AP 102-c: AP 104: STA 106: Communication link 106-a: Communication link 106-b: Communication link 106-c: Communication link 108: Coverage area 110: Direct wireless communication link 200: XPAN scene 204: Personal wireless communication device 204-a: Personal wireless communication device 205: Cellular base station 210-a: Personal audio device 210-b: Personal audio device 210-c: Personal audio device 215: Application server 220: XP AN scene 225: XPAN scene 230: XPAN scene 300: First time 305: Second time 310: 2.4G range 315: 5G/6G range 320: 2.4G range 325: 5G/6G range 400: First time 405: Second time 500: First time 505: Second time 510: 2.4G range 515: 5G/6G range 600: XPAN scene 700: XPAN scene 800:XPAN scene810:Communication range900:XPAN scene905:XPAN scene1000:XPAN scene1100:XPAN scene1105:XPAN scene1110:Region1115:Region1120:Region1200:XPAN scene1210:Region1215:Region1220:Region1225:Region1300:XPAN scene1305:Arrow1310:Arrow Head 1315: Arrow 1400: Program flow 1405: Program 1410: Program 1415: Program 1420: Program 1425: Program 1430: Program 1435: Program 1440: Program 1445: Program 1450: Program 1455: Program 1460: Program 1465: Program 1470: Program 1475: Program 1480: Program 1500: Program flow 1505: Program 1510: Program 1515: Program 1520: Program 1525: Program 1530: Program 1535: Program 1540: Program 1545: Program 1550: Program 1555: Program 1560: Program 1565: Program 1570: Program 1575: Program 1580: Program 1585: Program 1590: Program 1595: Program 1600: XPAN Scene 1605: Arrow 1610: Arrow 1615: Arrow 1700: Program Flow 1705: Program 1710: Program 1715: Program 1720: Program 1725: Program 1730: Program 1735: Program 1740: Program 1745: Program 1746: Program 1750: Program 1755: Program 1760: Program 1765: Program 1770: Program 1775: Program 1800: XPAN Scene 1805: Arrow 1810: Arrow 1815: Arrow 1900: Program Flow 190 5: Program 1910: Program 1915: Program 1920: Program 1925: Program 1930: Program 1935: Program 1940: Program 1945: Program 1950: Program 1955: Program 1960: Program 2000: XPAN Scene 2005: Arrow 2010: Arrow 2015: Arrow 2100: Program Flow 2105: Program 2110: Program 2115: Program 2120: Program 2125: Program Sequence 2130: Program 2135: Program 2140: Program 2145: Program 2150: Program 2155: Program 2160: Program 2200: Block Diagram 2205: Device 2210: Receiver 2215: Transmitter 2220: Communication Manager 2300: Block Diagram 2305: Device 2310: Receiver 2315: Transmitter 2320: Communication Manager 2325: IP Address Manager 2330: Roaming Indication Management 2335:AP Link Communication Manager 2340:Link Quality Controller 2345:Beacon/Probe Manager 2350:HS Association Manager 2355:Disassociation Manager 2360:P2P Link Communication Manager 2400:Block 2420:Communication Manager 2425:IP Address Manager 2430:Roaming Indication Manager 2435:AP Link Communication Manager 2440:Link Quality Controller 2445: Beacon/Detection Manager 2450: HS Association Manager 2455: Disassociation Manager 2460: P2P Link Communication Manager 2465: AP Association Manager 2470: Utility Manager 2475: Channel Scan Manager 2480: BT Manager 2485: AP Selection Manager 2500: System 2505: Device 2510: I/O Controller 2515: Transceiver 2520: Communication Manager 252 5: Antenna 2530: Memory 2535: Code 2540: Processor 2545: Bus 2600: Method 2605: Block 2610: Block 2615: Block 2700: Method 2705: Block 2710: Block 2715: Block 2800: Method 2805: Block 2810: Block 2815: Block 2900: Method 2905: Block 2910: Block 2915: Block 2920: Block 3 000:Method 3005:Block 3010:Block 3015:Block 3020:Block 3100:Method 3105:Block 3110:Block 3115:Block 3200:Method 3205:Block 3210:Block 3215:Block 3220:Block 3225:Block 3300:Method 3305:Block 3310:Block 3315:Block 3400:Program Flow 3405:Program 3410:Program 3 415: program 3420: program 3425: program 3430: program 3435: program 3440: program 3445: program 3450: program 3455: program 3460: program 3465: program 3470: program 3475: program 3480: program 3485: program 3500: program flow 3505: program 3510: program 3515: program 3520: program 3525: program 3530: program 3 535: program 3540: program 3545: program 3550: program 3555: program 3560: program 3565: program 3570: program 3575: program 3580: program 3585: program 3590: program 3595: program 3600: program flow 3605: program 3610: program 3615: program 3620: program 3625: program 3630: program 3635: program 3640: program 3 645: program 3650: program 3655: program 3660: program 3665: program 3670: program 3675: program 3680: program 3700: program flow 3705: program 3710: program 3715: program 3720: program 3725: program 3730: program 3735: program 3740: program 3745: program 3750: program 3755: program 3760: program 3765: program 3 770: Program 3775: Program 3780: Program 3785: Program 3790: Program 3800: Program flow 3805: Program 3810: Program 3815: Program 3820: Program 3825: Program 3830: Program 3835: Program 3840: Program 3845: Program 3850: Program 3855: Program 3860: Program 3865: Program 3870: Program 3875: Program 3880: Program a 0 : Wireless communication link a 1 : Wireless communication link a 2 : Wireless communication link b 0 : Wireless communication link b 1 : Wireless communication link b 2 : Wireless communication link b' 2 : Wireless communication link b 3 : Wireless communication link

圖1示出實例無線通訊網路的示意圖。FIG1 shows a schematic diagram of an example wireless communication network.

圖2a、2b、2c和2d圖示包括個人無線通訊設備、存取點(AP)、應用伺服器和個人音訊設備的擴展式個人區域網路(XPAN)場景的實例。2a, 2b, 2c and 2d illustrate examples of extended personal area network (XPAN) scenarios including personal wireless communication devices, access points (APs), application servers and personal audio devices.

圖3圖示在XPAN場景中的在對等(P2P)無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG3 illustrates an example of the transition between peer-to-peer (P2P) wireless connection and personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖4圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG4 illustrates an example of the transition between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖5圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG. 5 illustrates an example of transition between a personal audio device-first AP connection and a personal audio device-second AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖6圖示其中個人音訊設備在個人無線通訊設備的範圍內但在服務於個人無線通訊設備的AP的範圍外的XPAN情形的實例。FIG. 6 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which a personal audio device is within the range of a personal wireless communication device but out of the range of an AP serving the personal wireless communication device.

圖7圖示其中個人音訊設備在個人無線通訊設備的2.4G範圍內但在個人無線通訊設備的5G/6G範圍外的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 7 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which a personal audio device is within the 2.4G range of a personal wireless communication device but outside the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device.

圖8圖示其中個人無線通訊設備連接到蜂巢基地台並且個人音訊設備在個人無線通訊設備的範圍內的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 8 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which a personal wireless communication device is connected to a cellular base station and a personal audio device is within range of the personal wireless communication device.

圖9a圖示其中個人音訊設備在AP的5G/6G範圍內但在個人無線通訊設備的2.4G範圍外的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 9a illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario where a personal audio device is within the 5G/6G range of an AP but outside the 2.4G range of a personal wireless communication device.

圖9b圖示其中個人音訊設備在AP的2.4G範圍內但在個人無線通訊設備2的2.4G範圍和AP的5G/6G範圍外的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 9 b illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which the personal audio device is within the 2.4G range of the AP but outside the 2.4G range of the personal wireless communication device 2 and the 5G/6G range of the AP.

圖10圖示其中個人音訊設備在個人無線通訊設備的2.4G範圍內但在個人無線通訊設備的5G/6G範圍外的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 10 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which a personal audio device is within the 2.4G range of a personal wireless communication device but outside the 5G/6G range of the personal wireless communication device.

圖11a圖示其中個人無線通訊設備經由相同的基本服務集(BSS)將音訊資料中繼到個人音訊設備的XPAN場景的實例。FIG. 11a illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario in which a personal wireless communication device relays audio data to a personal audio device via the same basic service set (BSS).

圖11b圖示XPAN場景的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備經由擴展服務集(ESS)將音訊資料(諸如語音撥叫或離線串流)中繼到個人音訊設備,其中個人無線通訊設備和個人音訊設備在相同的L2/L3網路中。FIG. 11b illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario, where a personal wireless communication device relays audio data (such as voice calls or offline streaming) to a personal audio device via an extended service set (ESS), where the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device are in the same L2/L3 network.

圖12圖示XPAN場景的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備經由ESS將音訊資料中繼到個人音訊設備,其中個人無線通訊設備和個人音訊設備在不同的L2/L3網路中。FIG. 12 illustrates an example of an XPAN scenario, where a personal wireless communication device relays audio data to a personal audio device via an ESS, where the personal wireless communication device and the personal audio device are in different L2/L3 networks.

圖13圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG. 13 illustrates an example of transition between P2P wireless connection and personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖14圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a process flow for switching between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖15圖示在XPAN場景中的在第一時間的P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備輔助發起該轉換。15 illustrates an example of a program flow for a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection at a first time in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device assists in initiating the transition.

圖16圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備執行用於個人音訊設備的與AP的關聯程序。FIG. 16 illustrates an example of transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device performs an association procedure with the AP for the personal audio device.

圖17圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備執行用於個人音訊設備的與AP的關聯程序。FIG. 17 illustrates an example of a procedure flow for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device performs an association procedure with the AP for the personal audio device.

圖18圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG. 18 illustrates an example of transitioning between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖19圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 19 illustrates an example of a process flow for transitioning between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖20圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的實例。FIG. 20 illustrates an example of transitioning between a personal audio device—a first AP connection and a personal audio device—a second AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖21圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 21 illustrates an example of a procedure flow for transitioning between a personal audio device—first AP connection and a personal audio device—second AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖22和23圖示可以支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的設備的方塊圖。Figures 22 and 23 illustrate block diagrams of devices that can support flawless switching for XPAN overlays.

圖24圖示可以支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的通訊管理器的方塊圖。FIG. 24 illustrates a block diagram of a communication manager that can support seamless transition for an XPAN overlay.

圖25圖示包括可以支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的設備的系統的示意圖。FIG. 25 illustrates a schematic diagram of a system including devices that can support flawless switching for XPAN coverage.

圖26到33展示了示出支援用於XPAN覆蓋的無瑕疵轉換的方法的流程圖。26 to 33 show flow charts illustrating methods of supporting seamless transition for XPAN coverage.

圖34圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 34 illustrates an example of a process flow for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖35圖示在XPAN場景中的在第一時間的P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備輔助發起該轉換。35 illustrates an example of a program flow for a transition between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection at a first time in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device assists in initiating the transition.

圖36圖示在XPAN場景中的在P2P無線連接與個人音訊設備-AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例,其中個人無線通訊設備執行用於個人音訊設備的與AP的關聯程序。36 illustrates an example of a procedure flow for transitioning between a P2P wireless connection and a personal audio device-AP connection in an XPAN scenario, where the personal wireless communication device performs an association procedure with the AP for the personal audio device.

圖37圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-AP連接與P2P無線連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 37 illustrates an example of a procedure flow for transitioning between a personal audio device-AP connection and a P2P wireless connection in an XPAN scenario.

圖38圖示在XPAN場景中的在個人音訊設備-第一AP連接與個人音訊設備-第二AP連接之間的轉換的程序流的實例。FIG. 38 illustrates an example of a procedure flow for transitioning between a personal audio device—first AP connection and a personal audio device—second AP connection in an XPAN scenario.

各個附圖中的相似的元件符號和命名指示相似的元素。Like reference numbers and naming in the various drawings indicate like elements.

國內寄存資訊(請依寄存機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 國外寄存資訊(請依寄存國家、機構、日期、號碼順序註記) 無 Domestic storage information (please note in the order of storage institution, date, and number) None Foreign storage information (please note in the order of storage country, institution, date, and number) None

102-b:AP 102-b:AP

204-a:個人無線通訊設備 204-a: Personal wireless communication equipment

210-c:個人音訊設備 210-c: Personal audio equipment

300:第一時間 300: First time

305:第二時間 305: Second time

310:2.4G範圍 310:2.4G range

315:5G/6G範圍 315:5G/6G range

320:2.4G範圍 320:2.4G range

325:5G/6G範圍 325:5G/6G range

Claims (42)

一種第一無線通訊設備,包括: 處理系統,其包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 當在一對等無線通訊鏈路上與一第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與該第二無線通訊設備相關聯的一存取點接收針對在該第一無線通訊設備與該存取點之間的一第二無線通訊鏈路的用於該第一無線通訊設備的一網際網路協定位址; 回應於該對等無線通訊鏈路的一第一鏈路品質下降到一第一閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第二無線通訊設備進行對一漫遊指示的通訊;及 回應於該漫遊指示,經由該第二無線通訊鏈路和該存取點來與該第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。 A first wireless communication device, comprising: A processing system, comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: When communicating with a second wireless communication device on a peer-to-peer wireless communication link, receiving an Internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device from an access point associated with the second wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the access point; In response to a first link quality of the peer-to-peer wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the roaming instruction, data is communicated with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the access point. 根據請求項1之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下,執行與該存取點的一關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 1, the processing system is further configured to enable the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, execute an association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Protocol address. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收指示該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下的一訊息。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 2, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Receive a message from the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below the second threshold. 根據請求項3之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 與該訊息一起接收對用於該第二無線通訊設備的一服務存取點的一指示。 A first wireless communication device according to claim 3, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Receive an indication of a service access point for the second wireless communication device together with the message. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第二無線通訊設備發送對與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的一請求; 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的一通道掃瞄結果;及 回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 A first wireless communication device according to claim 2, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, sending a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; In response to the request, receiving a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the channel scan result indicating that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold, executing the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項5之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收針對與一存取點集合相對應的一無線通訊鏈路集合的一通道掃瞄結果集合,該存取點集合包括該存取點;及 回應於該通道掃瞄結果集合,從該存取點集合中選擇該存取點。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 5, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the request, receiving a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an access point set from the second wireless communication device on the peer wireless communication link, the access point set including the access point; and In response to the channel scan result set, selecting the access point from the access point set. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該第二無線通訊鏈路上從該存取點接收一信標; 使用該信標來決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質;及 回應於該第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 2, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, receiving a beacon from the access point on the second wireless communication link; Using the beacon to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and In response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, executing the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,向該存取點發送一探測請求; 回應於該探測請求,從該存取點接收一探測回應; 使用該探測回應來決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質;及 回應於該第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 2, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, send a probe request to the access point; In response to the probe request, receive a probe response from the access point; Use the probe response to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and In response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, perform the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第二無線通訊設備發送對該第一無線通訊設備的該網際協定位址或一媒體存取控制位址的一指示。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 2, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Sending an indication of the Internet Protocol address or a media access control address of the first wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項2之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該第一無線通訊設備與該第三無線通訊設備之間的一藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向一第三無線通訊設備發送對該存取點的一指示。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 2, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the quality of the first link falling below the second threshold, sending an indication of the access point to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device. 根據請求項1之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該漫遊指示,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第二無線通訊設備進行對一解除關聯訊息的通訊。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 1, the processing system is further configured to enable the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the roaming indication, communicate a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項1之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 根據一效用函數,決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質優於該第一鏈路品質;及 回應於決定該第二鏈路品質優於該第一鏈路品質,執行與該存取點的一關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 A first wireless communication device according to claim 1, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Determine, based on a utility function, that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than the first link quality; and In response to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality, execute an association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Protocol Address. 根據請求項12之第一無線通訊設備,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對該對等無線通訊鏈路和該第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的一通道類型、針對該對等無線通訊鏈路和該第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的一接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對該對等無線通訊鏈路的一偏置因數。A first wireless communication device according to claim 12, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the peer wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the peer wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項12之第一無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第一無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該關聯程序,將該對等無線通訊鏈路的一通道切換到與該第二無線通訊鏈路相同的一通道。 According to the first wireless communication device of claim 12, the processing system is further configured to cause the first wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the association procedure, switch a channel of the peer wireless communication link to a channel that is the same as the second wireless communication link. 一種第二無線通訊設備,包括: 一處理系統,其包括一或多個處理器以及與該一或多個處理器耦合的一或多個記憶體,該處理系統被配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 當在一對等無線通訊鏈路上與一第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在第三無線通訊鏈路上與一存取點進行通訊時,從該第一無線通訊設備接收針對在該第一無線通訊設備與該存取點之間的一第二無線通訊鏈路的用於該第一無線通訊設備的一網際網路協定位址; 回應於在該第一無線通訊設備與該第二無線通訊設備之間的該對等無線通訊鏈路的一第一鏈路品質下降到一第一閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第一無線通訊設備進行對一漫遊指示的通訊;及 回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於該第一無線通訊設備的該網際協定位址經由該第三無線通訊鏈路和該存取點與該第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。 A second wireless communication device, comprising: A processing system, comprising one or more processors and one or more memories coupled to the one or more processors, the processing system being configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: When communicating with a first wireless communication device on a peer-to-peer wireless communication link, and when communicating with an access point on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an Internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the access point; In response to a first link quality of the peer-to-peer wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the first wireless communication device via the third wireless communication link and the access point using the internet protocol address for the first wireless communication device. 根據請求項15之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送指示該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下的一訊息,對該網際協定位址的接收是回應於該訊息的。 A second wireless communication device according to claim 15, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold, and receiving the Internet Protocol address is in response to the message. 根據請求項16之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 與該訊息一起發送對用於該第二無線通訊設備的一服務存取點的一指示。 A second wireless communication device according to claim 16, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: Sending an indication of a service access point for the second wireless communication device together with the message. 根據請求項15之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第一無線通訊設備接收針對與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的一請求;及 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的一通道掃瞄結果,對該網際協定位址的接收是回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值的。 A second wireless communication device according to claim 15, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, receiving a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the request, sending a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link, wherein the reception of the Internet Coordination Address is in response to the channel scan result indicating that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold. 根據請求項18之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送針對與一存取點集合相對應的一無線通訊鏈路集合的一通道掃瞄結果集合,該存取點集合包括該存取點。 A second wireless communication device according to claim 18, wherein the processing system is further configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the request, send a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an access point set to the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link, the access point set including the access point. 根據請求項15之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於該漫遊指示,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第一無線通訊設備進行對一解除關聯訊息的通訊。 According to the second wireless communication device of claim 15, the processing system is further configured to enable the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to the roaming indication, communicate a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項15之第二無線通訊設備,其中該處理系統被進一步配置為使該第二無線通訊設備進行如下操作: 回應於對該網際協定位址的接收,將該對等無線通訊鏈路的一通道切換到與該第二無線通訊鏈路相同的一通道。 According to the second wireless communication device of claim 15, the processing system is further configured to cause the second wireless communication device to perform the following operations: In response to receiving the Internet protocol address, switch a channel of the peer wireless communication link to a channel that is the same as the second wireless communication link. 一種用於在一第一無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括以下步驟: 當在一對等無線通訊鏈路上與一第二無線通訊設備進行通訊時,從與該第二無線通訊設備相關聯的一存取點接收針對在該第一無線通訊設備與該存取點之間的一第二無線通訊鏈路的用於該第一無線通訊設備的一網際網路協定位址; 回應於該對等無線通訊鏈路的一第一鏈路品質下降到一第一閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第二無線通訊設備進行對一漫遊指示的通訊;及 回應於該漫遊指示,經由該第二無線通訊鏈路和該存取點來與該第二無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。 A method for wireless communication at a first wireless communication device, comprising the following steps: When communicating with a second wireless communication device on a peer-to-peer wireless communication link, receiving an Internet Protocol address for the first wireless communication device for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the access point from an access point associated with the second wireless communication device; In response to a first link quality of the peer-to-peer wireless communication link falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the roaming indication, communicating data with the second wireless communication device via the second wireless communication link and the access point. 根據請求項22之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下,執行與該存取點的一關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 The method according to claim 22 also includes the following steps: In response to the quality of the first link falling below a second threshold, executing an association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Protocol address. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收指示該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下的一訊息。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: Receiving a message from the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below the second threshold. 根據請求項24之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 與該訊息一起接收對用於該第二無線通訊設備的一服務存取點的一指示。 The method of claim 24 also includes the following steps: Receiving an indication of a service access point for the second wireless communication device together with the message. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第二無線通訊設備發送對與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的一請求; 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的一通道掃瞄結果;及 回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, sending a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; In response to the request, receiving a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the channel scan result indicating that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold, performing the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項26之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第二無線通訊設備接收針對與一存取點集合相對應的一無線通訊鏈路集合的一通道掃瞄結果集合,該存取點集合包括該存取點;及 回應於該通道掃瞄結果集合,從該存取點集合中選擇該存取點。 The method according to claim 26 also includes the following steps: In response to the request, receiving a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an access point set from the second wireless communication device on the peer wireless communication link, the access point set including the access point; and In response to the channel scan result set, selecting the access point from the access point set. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該第二無線通訊鏈路上從該存取點接收一信標; 使用該信標來決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質;及 回應於該第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, receiving a beacon from the access point on the second wireless communication link; Using the beacon to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and In response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, performing the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,向該存取點發送一探測請求; 回應於該探測請求,從該存取點接收一探測回應; 使用該探測回應來決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質;及 回應於該第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值,與該存取點執行該關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: In response to the first link quality falling below the second threshold, sending a probe request to the access point; In response to the probe request, receiving a probe response from the access point; Using the probe response to determine a second link quality of the second wireless communication link; and In response to the second link quality satisfying a third threshold, executing the association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Coordination Location Address. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第二無線通訊設備發送對該第一無線通訊設備的該網際協定位址或一媒體存取控制位址的一指示。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: Sending an indication of the Internet Protocol address or a media access control address of the first wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項23之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到該第二閾值以下,在該第一無線通訊設備與該第三無線通訊設備之間的一藍芽無線通訊鏈路上向一第三無線通訊設備發送對該存取點的一指示。 The method according to claim 23 also includes the following steps: In response to the quality of the first link falling below the second threshold, sending an indication of the access point to a third wireless communication device on a Bluetooth wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the third wireless communication device. 根據請求項22之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該漫遊指示,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第二無線通訊設備進行對一解除關聯訊息的通訊。 The method according to claim 22 also includes the following steps: In response to the roaming indication, communicate a disassociation message with the second wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項22之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 根據一效用函數,決定該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質優於該第一鏈路品質;及 回應於決定該第二鏈路品質優於該第一鏈路品質,執行與該存取點的一關聯程序以接收該網際協定位址。 The method according to claim 22 also includes the following steps: Determining, based on a utility function, that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link is better than the first link quality; and In response to determining that the second link quality is better than the first link quality, executing an association procedure with the access point to receive the Internet Protocol Address. 根據請求項33之方法,其中該效用函數包括以下各項中的至少一項:針對該對等無線通訊鏈路和該第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的一通道類型、針對該對等無線通訊鏈路和該第二無線通訊鏈路中的每一者的接收訊號強度指示符值、以及針對該對等無線通訊鏈路的一偏置因數。A method according to claim 33, wherein the utility function includes at least one of the following items: a channel type for each of the peer wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, a received signal strength indicator value for each of the peer wireless communication link and the second wireless communication link, and a bias factor for the peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項33之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該關聯程序,將該對等無線通訊鏈路的一通道切換到與該第二無線通訊鏈路相同的一通道。 The method according to claim 33 also includes the following steps: In response to the association procedure, switching a channel of the peer wireless communication link to a channel that is the same as the second wireless communication link. 一種用於在一第二無線通訊設備處的無線通訊的方法,包括以下步驟: 當在一對等無線通訊鏈路上與一第一無線通訊設備進行通訊時,並且當在一第三無線通訊鏈路上與一存取點進行通訊時,從該第一無線通訊設備接收針對在該第一無線通訊設備與該存取點之間的一第二無線通訊鏈路的用於該第一無線通訊設備的一網際網路協定位址; 回應於在該第一無線通訊設備與該第二無線通訊設備之間的該對等無線通訊鏈路的一第一鏈路品質下降到一第一閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第一無線通訊設備進行對一漫遊指示的通訊;及 回應於該漫遊指示,使用用於該第一無線通訊設備的該網際協定位址經由該第三無線通訊鏈路和該存取點與該第一無線通訊設備進行對資料的通訊。 A method for wireless communication at a second wireless communication device, comprising the following steps: When communicating with a first wireless communication device on a peer-to-peer wireless communication link, and when communicating with an access point on a third wireless communication link, receiving from the first wireless communication device an Internet protocol address for a second wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the access point; In response to a first link quality of the peer-to-peer wireless communication link between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device falling below a first threshold, communicating a roaming indication with the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link; and In response to the roaming indication, the first wireless communication device is communicated with the first wireless communication device via the third wireless communication link and the access point using the IP address for the first wireless communication device. 根據請求項36之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送指示該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下的一訊息,對該網際協定位址的接收是回應於該訊息的。 The method according to claim 36 also includes the following steps: Sending a message to the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link indicating that the quality of the first link has dropped below a second threshold, and receiving the Internet Protocol address is in response to the message. 根據請求項37之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 與該訊息一起發送對用於該第二無線通訊設備的一服務存取點的一指示。 The method of claim 37 also includes the following steps: Sending an indication of a service access point for the second wireless communication device along with the message. 根據請求項36之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該第一鏈路品質下降到一第二閾值以下,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上從該第一無線通訊設備接收針對與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的通道掃瞄結果的一請求;及 回應於該請求,在該第二無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送與該第二無線通訊鏈路相關聯的一通道掃瞄結果,對該網際協定位址的接收是回應於該通道掃瞄結果指示該第二無線通訊鏈路的一第二鏈路品質滿足一第三閾值的。 The method according to claim 36 also includes the following steps: In response to the first link quality falling below a second threshold, receiving a request for a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link from the first wireless communication device on the peer wireless communication link; and In response to the request, sending a channel scan result associated with the second wireless communication link to the first wireless communication device on the second wireless communication link, and receiving the IP address is in response to the channel scan result indicating that a second link quality of the second wireless communication link meets a third threshold. 根據請求項39之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該請求,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上向該第一無線通訊設備發送針對與一存取點集合相對應的一無線通訊鏈路集合的一通道掃瞄結果集合,該存取點集合包括該存取點。 The method according to claim 39 also includes the following steps: In response to the request, sending a channel scan result set for a wireless communication link set corresponding to an access point set to the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link, the access point set including the access point. 根據請求項36之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於該漫遊指示,在該對等無線通訊鏈路上與該第一無線通訊設備進行對一解除關聯訊息的通訊。 The method according to claim 36 also includes the following steps: In response to the roaming indication, communicate a disassociation message with the first wireless communication device on the peer-to-peer wireless communication link. 根據請求項36之方法,亦包括以下步驟: 回應於對該網際協定位址的接收,將該對等無線通訊鏈路的一通道切換到與該第二無線通訊鏈路相同的一通道。 The method according to claim 36 also includes the following steps: In response to receiving the IP address, switching a channel of the peer wireless communication link to a channel identical to the second wireless communication link.
TW113106160A 2023-02-21 2024-02-21 Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage TW202437787A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US63/486,211 2023-02-21
US18/581,259 2024-02-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202437787A true TW202437787A (en) 2024-09-16

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108235395B (en) Method for realizing cross-channel roaming switching of wireless terminal in WLAN
EP3158692B1 (en) Systems and methods for selecting an optimum communication route in a wireless network
JP6386188B2 (en) Scan channel reduction to improve Wi-Fi system power
KR101226367B1 (en) Method, apparatus, and storage medium for association and re-association in a wireless network
TWI526020B (en) Method and apparatus for wireless direct link operation
US9113398B2 (en) Multirole device muxing channel scan with channel scan time slices
JP7246394B2 (en) Communication device and communication method for low-power high-speed smart scanning
US20180160334A1 (en) Techniques for managing wlan ap-client mapping in a multi-radio systems
US20120155350A1 (en) Probe messaging for direct link connections
MX2007012143A (en) Method and apparatus for selecting a multi-band access point to associate with a multi-band mobile station.
KR20090071577A (en) Concurrent operation in multiple wireless local area networks
KR101750038B1 (en) Systems, apparatus, and methods for range extension of wireless communication
KR101893123B1 (en) Group owner selection within a peer-to-peer network
US10091636B2 (en) Probe messaging for direct link connections
JP2014022847A (en) Radio base station device, radio terminal device, radio communication device, communication control method, and communication control program
CN114339903A (en) Wireless communication method and electronic equipment
WO2012119475A1 (en) Method and device for terminal handover
US11057770B2 (en) Method and apparatus for dynamically changing connection in wireless LAN
US11632716B2 (en) Wireless communication method used in wireless communication device and wireless communication device
TW202437787A (en) Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage
US20240284301A1 (en) Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage
Yao et al. OppoScan: enabling fast handoff in dense 802.11 WMNs via opportunistic probing with virtual radio
WO2024178083A1 (en) Seamless transitions for extended personal area network (xpan) coverage
US20240276581A1 (en) Maximum allowed and active links at an ap mld for each client
US20240298241A1 (en) Dynamic path selection techniques for wireless connectivity